TW201447728A - Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods - Google Patents

Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201447728A
TW201447728A TW103109636A TW103109636A TW201447728A TW 201447728 A TW201447728 A TW 201447728A TW 103109636 A TW103109636 A TW 103109636A TW 103109636 A TW103109636 A TW 103109636A TW 201447728 A TW201447728 A TW 201447728A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
jukebox
user
song
display
jukebox device
Prior art date
Application number
TW103109636A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI640913B (en
Inventor
Ed Rivera
Michael Tooker
Charles Battle
Francois Beaumier
Mounir Khenfir
Giovanni Curinga
Sebastien Hebert
Original Assignee
Touchtunes Music Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/833,173 external-priority patent/US9292166B2/en
Application filed by Touchtunes Music Corp filed Critical Touchtunes Music Corp
Publication of TW201447728A publication Critical patent/TW201447728A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI640913B publication Critical patent/TWI640913B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G07CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07FCOIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F17/00Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services
    • G07F17/30Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for musical instruments
    • G07F17/305Coin-freed apparatus for hiring articles; Coin-freed facilities or services for musical instruments for record players

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Reverberation, Karaoke And Other Acoustics (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

Certain exemplary embodiments relate to entertainment systems and, more particularly, certain exemplary embodiments relate to jukebox systems that incorporate digital downloading jukebox features along with karaoke jukebox and/or photobooth features. A combined karaoke / photobooth / jukebox may enable more integrated performance-like experiences in an in-home or out-of-home location or venue. By leveraging vast audio media libraries, trusted rights-respecting network infrastructure, and on-site image/video capturing from integrated recorders and/or remote portable devices, a more sociable experience may be created for karaoke jukebox patrons, e.g., where custom content can be generated and shared in a safe and legally appropriate manner.

Description

具改良式伴唱機相關之使用者介面的數位點唱機裝置、及相關聯方法 Digital jukebox device with improved user interface related to phonograph, and associated method 相關申請案之交叉參考 Cross-reference to related applications

本申請案為2012年9月18日申請之美國申請案第13/621,922號的部分接續申請案(CIP),美國申請案第13/621,922號主張臨時申請案第61/584,750號(2012年1月9日申請)及第61/536,015號(2011年9月18日申請)之權利;本申請案亦為2012年3月5日申請之美國申請案第13/138,660號的部分接續申請案(CIP),美國申請案第13/138,660號為2010年3月18日申請之國際申請案第PCT/US2010/000799號之國家階段申請案,國際申請案第PCT/US2010/000799號主張2009年3月18日申請之臨時申請案第61/202,617號之權利;且本申請案亦為2011年1月26日申請之美國申請案第12/929,466號的部分接續申請案(CIP),美國申請案第12/929,466號主張臨時申請案第61/431,036號(2011年1月9日申請)及第61/298,509號(2010年1月26日申請)之權利,前述申請案中之每一者的全文藉此以引用方式併入本申請案 中。 This application is part of the continuation application (CIP) of U.S. Application No. 13/621,922 filed on September 18, 2012, and U.S. Application No. 13/621,922, the provisional application No. 61/584,750 (2012) Application on the 9th of the month and the right of application No. 61/536,015 (applied on September 18, 2011); this application is also part of the continuation application of US Application No. 13/138,660, filed on March 5, 2012 ( CIP), US Application No. 13/138,660 is the national phase application of International Application No. PCT/US2010/000799 filed on March 18, 2010, and International Application No. PCT/US2010/000799 claims 2009 3 The right to apply for a provisional application No. 61/202,617 on the 18th of the month; and this application is also part of the continuation application (CIP) of US Application No. 12/929,466, filed on January 26, 2011, US application No. 12/929,466 claims the right of provisional application No. 61/431,036 (filed on January 9, 2011) and No. 61/298,509 (filed on January 26, 2010), each of the aforementioned applications The entire text is hereby incorporated by reference. in.

發明領域 Field of invention

特定例示性實施例係關於娛樂系統,且更特定言之,特定例示性實施例係關於併有數位下載點唱機特徵連同伴唱點唱機及/或照相亭特徵之點唱機系統。 Particular illustrative embodiments relate to entertainment systems, and more particularly, specific exemplary embodiments relate to a jukebox system that has a digital download jukebox feature along with a chorus jukebox and/or photo booth features.

發明背景 Background of the invention

點唱機已存在數十年且為使用者提供以方便且有利之方式選擇所要音樂來重現之能力。習知地,點唱機已設置於諸如餐館及酒吧之商業機構中,以便付費地為其顧客提供所要音樂點播。在過去幾年中,新生代點唱機裝置已變得可得到,該等裝置為所涉及之所有參與者提供裝置之操作的顯著改良。更具體言之,習知獨立唱片及CD點唱機正被由中央伺服器控制且與中央伺服器通訊之數位下載點唱機替換。美國專利第6,308,204號中展示了此新生代點唱機系統之一實例,該美國專利之全部揭示內容係以引用方式併入本文中。此新生代點唱機系統之領導提供者為TouchTunes音樂公司(TouchTunes Music Corporation)。 The jukebox has been in existence for decades and provides the user with the ability to select the desired music for reproduction in a convenient and advantageous manner. Conventionally, jukeboxes have been placed in commercial establishments such as restaurants and bars to pay for their customers' desired music on demand. In the past few years, new generation jukebox devices have become available that provide significant improvements in the operation of the device for all participants involved. More specifically, conventional stand-alone discs and CD jukeboxes are being replaced by digital download jukeboxes controlled by a central server and communicating with a central server. An example of such a new generation of jukebox system is shown in U.S. Patent No. 6,308,204, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The leader of this new generation of jukebox systems is TouchTunes Music Corporation.

圖1展示數位下載點唱機系統10之一例示性實施例之概觀。如圖1所示,點唱機系統10包括中央伺服器12,該中央伺服器含有可自其下載之音訊內容(通常為音樂)以及或替代地視聽內容(通常為音樂及相關聯視訊或圖形)的主程式館。該點唱機系統亦包括一系列遠端點唱機裝置16、16a至16f。此等點唱機裝置中之每一者通常位於酒吧、 餐館、俱樂部或其他所要地點中,且可操作以回應於接收來自使用者之付款(諸如硬幣、紙幣、信用卡/轉賬卡等)且在使用者選擇一或多首歌曲用於播放後而播放音樂(例如,來自合適儲存地點,諸如,來自本機伺服器、中央且可能遠端之伺服器、來自區域儲存器等)。在一替代實施例中,音樂服務係按地點基於訂閱來付費,且所選音樂對最終使用者免費。點唱機裝置16通常包括向使用者呈現資訊且允許使用者自點唱機裝置選擇歌曲的螢幕18,以及播放所選歌曲的音訊系統20。螢幕18亦可用於顯示歌曲相關之視訊或圖形。螢幕18亦可用以顯示點唱機本身之廣告以便為其吸引客戶、顯示其他類型之廣告及/或顯示任何其他所要資訊。 1 shows an overview of an exemplary embodiment of a digital download jukebox system 10. As shown in Figure 1, the jukebox system 10 includes a central server 12 that contains audio content (usually music) that can be downloaded therefrom and, alternatively, audiovisual content (typically music and associated video or graphics). The main library. The jukebox system also includes a series of remote jukebox devices 16, 16a through 16f. Each of these jukebox devices is usually located in a bar. In a restaurant, club, or other desired location, and operable to receive payment from the user (such as coins, banknotes, credit/debit cards, etc.) and play the music after the user selects one or more songs for playback (eg, from a suitable storage location, such as from a local server, a central and possibly remote server, from a zone storage, etc.). In an alternate embodiment, the music service is paid for by location based on the subscription, and the selected music is free to the end user. The jukebox device 16 typically includes a screen 18 that presents information to the user and allows the user to select songs from the jukebox device, as well as an audio system 20 that plays the selected songs. The screen 18 can also be used to display video or graphics related to the song. The screen 18 can also be used to display advertisements for the jukebox itself to attract customers, display other types of advertisements, and/or display any other desired information.

點唱機裝置16(有時在本文中簡單稱為「點唱機」) 可操作以經由通訊網路14(諸如,網際網路)與中央伺服器12通訊。點唱機16定期與伺服器12通訊以便將關於已在點唱機上播放之特定歌曲之資訊提供至伺服器12。中央伺服器接著使用此資訊以便判定應為在每一點唱機上播放之歌曲支付的權利金及/或報酬。因此,此新生代點唱機的一個優點為聲音重現及/或其他可應用音樂權利可以較準確且可靠之方式依附於點唱機,藉此保證適當權利金被付給演出者或音樂擁有者。中央伺服器12亦可將新歌提供至點唱機16以便保證基於地點處之特定客戶將適當或最熱門歌曲維持在點唱機上。因此,可經由與中央伺服器通訊以便提供客戶在每一點唱機地點處通常請求的歌曲及/或多個類 型之音樂來自訂在每一點唱機可得到之歌曲。如上文參考之美國專利第6,308,204號中所描述,中央伺服器亦可有利地用以更點唱機上之作業軟體,以便(例如)改變點唱機之操作,諸如提供新的或改良式特徵。因此,此新生代點唱機之另一優點為歌曲(或其他音訊及/或視覺內容)及點唱機本身之操作可視需要遠端地改變,而不需要某人(諸如,營銷專員(routeman))親自維護點唱機。實情為,可使用中央伺服器12來進行此等更新。 Jukebox device 16 (sometimes simply referred to as "jukebox" in this article) It is operable to communicate with the central server 12 via a communication network 14, such as the Internet. The jukebox 16 periodically communicates with the server 12 to provide information about the particular songs that have been played on the jukebox to the server 12. The central server then uses this information to determine the premiums and/or rewards that should be paid for the songs played on each of the jukeboxes. Thus, one advantage of this new generation of jukeboxes is that sound reproduction and/or other applicable music rights can be attached to the jukebox in a more accurate and reliable manner, thereby ensuring that the appropriate premium is paid to the artist or music owner. The central server 12 can also provide new songs to the jukebox 16 to ensure that the appropriate or most popular songs are maintained on the jukebox based on the particular customer at the location. Thus, it is possible to communicate with the central server to provide the songs and/or classes normally requested by the customer at each of the jukebox locations. The music of the type comes from the songs that are available at every click. The central server can also be advantageously used to further the operating software on the jukebox to, for example, change the operation of the jukebox, such as to provide new or improved features, as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,308,204. Therefore, another advantage of this new generation of jukeboxes is that the operation of the song (or other audio and/or visual content) and the jukebox itself can be changed remotely without the need for someone (such as a routeman). Personally maintain the jukebox. Instead, the central server 12 can be used to make such updates.

如上文所指示,該等點唱機裝置16各自包括諸如 硬碟機之大容量儲存裝置,其儲存歌曲及相關聯視訊/圖形資料(若存在),以及用於在點唱機上重現之任何其他所要圖形資訊。相對於中央伺服器12之儲存裝置,點唱機之大容量儲存裝置通常具有有限儲存容量。結果,在任何一時間,僅小部分的儲存於中央伺服器上之歌曲通常儲存於大容量儲存裝置上。亦可存在其他原因,諸如,由於資料之安全性或點唱機本身中之有限空間、由於點唱機上具有有限儲存容量及/或限制儲存於點唱機上的歌曲之數目。舉例而言,實體空間在經設計以在大小上比獨立式型號小的壁式安裝之點唱機或其類似者上可能有限。如上文所解釋,點唱機上之歌曲可經由與中央伺服器通訊來改變,但在任何一時間,任何一個點唱機通常僅儲存由中央伺服器維持之歌曲之完全程式庫之相對小子集。 As indicated above, the jukebox devices 16 each include such as A mass storage device for a hard disk drive that stores songs and associated video/graphics (if any) and any other desired graphical information for reproduction on a jukebox. The mass storage device of the jukebox typically has a limited storage capacity relative to the storage device of the central server 12. As a result, only a small portion of the songs stored on the central server are typically stored on the mass storage device at any one time. There may be other reasons, such as due to the security of the data or the limited space in the jukebox itself, due to the limited storage capacity on the jukebox and/or the number of songs stored on the jukebox. For example, the physical space may be limited in a wall mounted jukebox or the like that is designed to be smaller in size than a stand-alone model. As explained above, the songs on the jukebox can be changed by communicating with the central server, but at any one time, any jukebox typically only stores a relatively small subset of the full library of songs maintained by the central server.

為了使點唱機產生之收入增加,使大部分所要或 熱門歌曲隨時間在點唱機上可得到可被看作優點。若客戶 不能在點唱機上找到其喜愛之歌曲,則點唱機之使用率(及點唱機所產生之收入)可降低。另一方面,不能始終準確地預先預測任何特定地點處之客戶會希望在點唱機上播放什麼。實際上,可能存在客戶可已選擇存在於中央伺服器上,但目前在點唱機上不存在之歌曲的許多例子。結果,點唱機可能不令人喜愛且不能得到最大程度地使用。為了解決此問題且使收入增加,點唱機系統在過去已提供使使用者能夠自點唱機搜尋中央伺服器上之歌曲且請求所要歌曲自中央伺服器至點唱機之立即下載(需額外費用)的特徵。此特徵使使用者能夠使用點唱機播放由中央伺服器維持之歌曲之主程式庫中的任何歌曲,不管特定歌曲目前是否儲存於點唱機本身之大容量儲存器中。因此,使用者可首先在點唱機之區域儲存器上尋找所要歌曲,且接著在必要時在中央伺服器上進一步搜尋所要歌曲(例如,結合搜尋功能性,其潛在地可藉由選擇螢幕上之中央伺服器搜尋功能按鈕來存取)。與直接自點唱機之區域儲存器之標準播放不同,點唱機裝置通常為來自中央伺服器之歌曲之立即下載及播放收取額外費用(諸如,五個信用點(credit)而非一個信用點)。 In order to increase the income generated by the jukebox, most of the Popular songs available on the jukebox over time can be seen as an advantage. If the customer You can't find your favorite songs on the jukebox, and the usage rate of the jukebox (and the revenue generated by the jukebox) can be reduced. On the other hand, it is not always possible to accurately predict in advance what a customer at any particular location would like to play on the jukebox. In fact, there may be many examples of songs that a customer may have chosen to exist on a central server but are not currently present on the jukebox. As a result, the jukebox may not be enjoyable and cannot be used to the utmost extent. In order to solve this problem and increase revenue, the jukebox system has provided in the past the ability to enable users to search for songs on the central server from the jukebox and request immediate download of the desired songs from the central server to the jukebox (additional cost). feature. This feature enables the user to play any song in the main library of songs maintained by the central server using a jukebox, regardless of whether a particular song is currently stored in the mass storage of the jukebox itself. Thus, the user can first search for the desired song on the regional memory of the jukebox and then further search for the desired song on the central server if necessary (eg, in conjunction with search functionality, potentially by selecting on-screen The central server searches for function buttons to access). Unlike standard playback of the area memory of the jukebox directly, the jukebox device typically charges an additional fee (such as five credits instead of one credit) for immediate download and playback of songs from the central server.

除了習知點唱機之所有特徵之外,需要整合式伴 唱體驗。就此而言,當前點唱機在伴唱夜間期間通常被關閉或另外被停用,在伴唱夜間,伴唱提供者帶來其自有的單獨設備且在場地處設立該獨立設備,或場地本身僅設立其中已獨立地帶有該設備之單獨伴唱機系統。點唱機裝置之停用(即使僅暫時的)表示此等伴唱機建立期間的可能收 入之損失。單獨伴唱機系統之設立及拆除亦係不便的且有時係繁重的,例如,對於人手短缺之場地、對於不存在大量空間之場地等。此外,習知點唱機已大規模地自「僅伴唱機」機構排除。因為點唱機與伴唱機裝置在真實世界中屬於不同類別,所以整個市場保持不可用且因此未被利用。 In addition to all the features of the conventional jukebox, an integrated companion is required. Sing experience. In this regard, the current jukebox is usually turned off or otherwise disabled during the vocal night, during the singer night, the vocal provider brings its own separate device and sets up the stand-alone device at the venue, or the venue itself is only set up. A separate phonograph system with the device has been independently installed. The deactivation of the jukebox device (even if only temporarily) indicates the possible receipt of such a phonograph Loss of entry. The establishment and dismantling of individual phonograph systems is also inconvenient and sometimes cumbersome, for example, for venues where there is a shortage of personnel, for venues where there is not a lot of space. In addition, the conventional jukebox has been largely excluded from the "single player" mechanism. Since the jukebox and phonograph devices belong to different categories in the real world, the entire market remains unusable and therefore not utilized.

如已知的,伴唱機環境涉及自含有具合法執照之 音樂之專有伴唱目錄選擇音樂的有組織程序。不幸地,開發特徵足夠豐富之解決方法以允許真實伴唱體驗在酒吧或公眾場地發生已非常具有挑戰性。現今用於商業用途之就地伴唱機系統通常呈現「KJ」或「伴唱主持人(Karaoke Jockey)」(與「DJ」對比)已累積之音樂。已觀察到,很少KJ做任何努力以獲得使用之歌曲之具合法執照之版本。即使對來自適當伴唱音樂供應商之歌曲授權之真正努力亦充滿風險,因為供應商本身時常不具有連貫且有效之授權能力。且甚至,對歌曲授權之真正努力仍不能將在點唱機裝置上可得到之大量音樂目錄提供至KJ。 As is known, the phonograph environment involves self-contained legal licenses. The music's proprietary vocal catalogue selects an organized program of music. Unfortunately, it has been very challenging to develop a feature-rich solution to allow a real accompaniment experience to occur in a bar or public venue. Today's local phonograph systems for commercial use typically present "KJ" or "Karaoke Jockey" (compared to "DJ") music that has been accumulated. It has been observed that very few KJs make any effort to obtain a legally licensed version of the song used. Even true efforts to authorize songs from appropriate vocal music providers are risky because suppliers themselves often do not have consistent and effective authorization capabilities. And even the real effort to authorize songs still does not provide a large catalog of music available on the jukebox device to KJ.

因此,將瞭解,此項技術中需要新的目錄管理及 權利金支付策略,該策略超出為了機械重現及表演(例如,以便適應伴唱環境)而針對習知具執照之音樂已就地提出之策略。舉例而言,特定例示性實施例提供用以在涉及權利之不同集合之較複雜伴唱環境(例如,關於聲音消除及替換、新內容之產生等)中遵守契約以尊重創作者權利的方法。 Therefore, it will be understood that new directory management and A premium payment strategy that goes beyond the strategy proposed for local licensed music for mechanical reproduction and performance (eg, to accommodate a vocal environment). For example, certain exemplary embodiments provide methods for adhering to a contract to respect creator rights in a more complex vocal environment involving different sets of rights (eg, regarding sound cancellation and replacement, generation of new content, etc.).

在此情況下,如已知的,伴唱體驗形成新作品, 亦即,原音樂與表演者歌唱之組合。時常需要表演者記住其表演項目之音訊或音訊及視訊複本。然而,滿足此需求可暗示原音樂曲目之可能遞回使用及對此等產生作品之追蹤及管理,例如,以遵守當前版權法。因此,伴唱機應用程序之開發面對的另一挑戰涉及提供產生此等新表演作品,同時亦以尊重原權利持有人之授權需要之方式管理該等作品之能力。然而,媒體管理目前受阻礙,因為數位媒體及普遍存在之播放器技術已變得廣泛分佈。 In this case, as is known, the accompaniment experience forms a new work, That is, the combination of the original music and the performer singing. It is often necessary for performers to remember the audio or audio and video copies of their performances. However, meeting this need may imply the possible retransmission of the original music track and the tracking and management of such work, for example, to comply with current copyright laws. Therefore, another challenge faced by the development of the phonograph application involves providing the ability to produce such new performances while also managing the works in a manner that respects the original rights holder's authorization needs. However, media management is currently hampered as digital media and ubiquitous player technology have become widely distributed.

發明概要 Summary of invention

特定例示性實施例之一個態樣係關於在對應於實體點唱機及伴唱環境之場地或地點中提供在習知點唱機使用或點唱機附加廣播之TV(如使用點唱機音訊系統來播放呈現在比賽場地電視上之足球比賽的聲音)及/或新的伴唱機適當音訊及視訊組配之間流暢地轉換的能力。如此處理,可能需要對組合式伴唱點唱機系統之許多設定進行調整。 One aspect of a particular illustrative embodiment relates to providing a TV for use in a conventional jukebox or jukebox additional broadcast in a venue or location corresponding to a physical jukebox and accompaniment environment (eg, using a jukebox audio system for playback) The ability to smoothly convert between the sound of the football game on the TV and the new phonograph and the appropriate audio and video combination. In doing so, it may be necessary to adjust many of the settings of the combined phonograph system.

舉例而言,可更改所有帶之音量設定以真實地呈現舞台環境且為表演者提供合適音訊監視能力。另外,視訊畫面可被更改用途以提供關於即將到來之表演者及當前歌曲之歌詞的資訊。如上文所提及,可需要使此轉換以流暢方式發生,從而向典禮之場地工作人員或伴唱機操控者或實際「KJ」要求很少技能。 For example, the volume settings of all bands can be changed to realistically present the stage environment and provide the performer with appropriate audio monitoring capabilities. In addition, the video screen can be modified to provide information about the lyrics of the upcoming performer and the current song. As mentioned above, it may be desirable to have this transition occur in a fluid manner, thereby requiring little skill to the venue staff or phonograph controller or actual "KJ".

因此,將瞭解,此項技術中需要用於藉由亦併入 伴唱機特徵,同時亦允許點唱機與伴唱機操作模式之間的流暢轉換來改良點唱機之技術,該等伴唱機特徵提供在解決授權、報告及/或其他要求(即在場地及地點處,亦遠離場地及地點)之同時執行「外賣」的伴唱機。 Therefore, it will be understood that this technology needs to be used for The phonograph features, while also allowing smooth transitions between the jukebox and the phonograph operating modes to improve the jukebox technology, which are provided to address authorization, reporting and/or other requirements (ie at the venue and location, Also, away from the venue and location, the "takeaway" phonograph will be executed at the same time.

本申請案之發明者已認識到,karaoke可為有趣 且有時甚至競爭性之積極社交體驗。對表演者及觀眾兩者而言,表演為伴唱體驗之部分。體驗中所涉及之人員越多,體驗趨向於更有趣。智慧技術可提供新的KJ特徵。智慧技術亦可充分利用針對連接世界創建連接伴唱體驗之機會。 The inventors of the present application have recognized that karaoke can be interesting And sometimes even a competitive positive social experience. For both the performer and the audience, the performance is part of the vocal experience. The more people involved in the experience, the more interesting the experience is. Smart technology can provide new KJ features. Smart technology can also take advantage of the opportunity to create a connected vocal experience for connecting the world.

因此,特定例示性實施例之一態樣係關於鼓勵更 多人進行表演,及/或將更多人結合至表演(在表演之前、期間及/或之後)。 Thus, one aspect of a particular illustrative embodiment is about encouraging Performing multiple people and/or integrating more people into the performance (before, during, and/or after the performance).

特定例示性實施例之一態樣係關於提供具有界定唯一時刻之合作觸控點(例如,包括諸如行動電話、平板等之使用者裝置;點唱機本身;一地點中之遊戲或其他固定或攜帶型終端機;等)之伴唱點唱機連接系統。 One aspect of a particular illustrative embodiment relates to providing a cooperative touch point having a defined unique moment (eg, including a user device such as a mobile phone, tablet, etc.; a jukebox itself; a game in a location or other fixed or carried Type terminal; etc.) chorus jukebox connection system.

特定例示性實施例之另一態樣係關於將表演視為其他時刻導致且來源於的伴唱體驗之時刻。 Another aspect of certain exemplary embodiments relates to the moment when the performance is viewed as a vocal experience that is caused and derived from other moments.

特定例示性實施例之另一態樣係關於藉由提供幫助使體驗對顧客而言變得沉迷且唯一(不管該等顧客係在地點處或遠離地點正在表演或觀看)之唯一或簽名互動來界定體驗中之時刻。舉例而言,伴唱機型事件之數位歌集可替換令人感覺笨拙且在許多情況下過時之紙印出(paper printout)。在一些情況下,伴唱機與家外體驗相比通 常可為較不做作且更唯一且特製的。 Another aspect of certain exemplary embodiments relates to unique or signed interactions by providing assistance to make the experience addictive and unique to the customer (whether the customers are performing or viewing at or near the location). Define the moment in the experience. For example, a digital album of phonograph events can replace paper printouts that are cumbersome and in many cases obsolete. In some cases, the phonograph is compared to the home experience. Often it can be less artificial and more unique and tailored.

特定例示性實施例係關於可以點唱機模式及(a) 伴唱機模式及/或(b)照相亭模式使用之點唱機裝置,如本文中所展示及描述。 Specific exemplary embodiments relate to a jukebox mode and (a) A jukebox device for use with a phonograph mode and/or (b) photo booth mode, as shown and described herein.

特定例示性實施例係關於用於操作可以點唱機 模式及(a)伴唱機模式及/或(b)照相亭模式使用之點唱機裝置之方法,如本文中所展示及描述。 Specific exemplary embodiments relate to a jukebox for operation Mode and (a) phonograph mode and/or (b) a method of using a jukebox device in a kiosk mode, as shown and described herein.

特定例示性實施例係關於包括可以點唱機模式 及(a)伴唱機模式及/或(b)照相亭模式使用之點唱機裝置之系統,如本文中所展示及描述。 Specific exemplary embodiments relate to including a jukebox mode And (a) a phonograph mode and/or (b) a system of jukebox devices used in the kiosk mode, as shown and described herein.

特定例示性實施例係關於適合於在伴唱期間使 用之使用者介面或其部分。 Particular exemplary embodiments are directed to making during accompaniment User interface or part thereof.

在特定例示性實施例中,提供一種點唱機裝置, 且該點唱機裝置包含:處理資源,其包括至少一處理器及一記憶體;一觸控螢幕顯示裝置;一付款接受器;以及一儲存裝置,其包含可用於經由該點唱機裝置播放之媒體實例。該等處理資源、該觸控螢幕顯示裝置及該付款接受器彼此合作以使該點唱機裝置以至少第一及第二不同模式被起動。該第一模式為經組配以使該等媒體實例之一第一部分子集能夠按播放付費進行播放之一普通點唱機操作模式。該第二模式為經組配以使該等媒體實例之一第二部分子集能夠按播放付費進行播放之一伴唱點唱機操作模式,其中該第一部分子集與該第二部分子集彼此不同。作為該第二模式之一部分,該觸控螢幕顯示裝置呈現各自以類似 具有多個頁面之一書的一方式列出該等媒體實例之該第二部分子集中的該等媒體實例之至少一部分的畫面之一第一集合。每一該頁面至多包括對應於媒體實例之該第二部分子集之該部分的預界定最大數目個輸入項目,且每一該輸入項目指示與可選擇以經由該點唱機裝置播放之該對應媒體實例相關聯之一歌曲名稱及一演出者。畫面之該第一集合各自包括用於重新組織及巡覽該書之控制元件之一共同集合。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, a jukebox device is provided, And the jukebox device includes: processing resources including at least one processor and a memory; a touch screen display device; a payment acceptor; and a storage device including media usable for playing via the jukebox device Example. The processing resources, the touch screen display device and the payment acceptor cooperate with each other to cause the jukebox device to be activated in at least a first and second different modes. The first mode is a normal jukebox mode of operation that is configured to enable a first subset of one of the media instances to be played at a pay-per-play basis. The second mode is a chorus jukebox mode of operation that is configured to enable a second subset of the one of the media instances to be played on a pay-per-play basis, wherein the first subset of subsets and the second subset of subsets are different from each other . As part of the second mode, the touch screen display device presents each similar A manner of having a book of a plurality of pages lists a first set of pictures of at least a portion of the media instances of the second subset of the media instances. Each of the pages includes at most a predefined maximum number of input items corresponding to the portion of the second subset of media instances, and each of the input items indicates and the corresponding media selectable for playback via the jukebox device The instance is associated with one of the song names and an artist. The first set of pictures each comprise a common set of control elements for reorganizing and viewing the book.

根據特定例示性實施例,非暫時性電腦可讀儲存 媒體以有形方式儲存在執行時實施此等及/或其他方法之程式。 Non-transitory computer readable storage in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments The media stores in a tangible manner the programs that implement such and/or other methods at the time of execution.

本文中所揭示之例示性實施例、態樣及優點可以 任何合適組合或子組合提供以達成另外其他例示性實施例。 The illustrative embodiments, aspects, and advantages disclosed herein may be Any suitable combination or sub-combination is provided to achieve still other exemplary embodiments.

1‧‧‧回流燈區段 1‧‧‧Reflection section

2‧‧‧輪廓燈區段 2‧‧‧Contour light section

3‧‧‧LED顯示器 3‧‧‧LED display

4‧‧‧付款機構吸引燈 4‧‧‧Payment agencies attract lights

5‧‧‧近場通訊吸引燈 5‧‧‧ Near Field Communication Attraction Light

6‧‧‧付款接受器 6‧‧‧ Payment Receiver

7‧‧‧主啟動開關燈 7‧‧‧Main start switch light

9‧‧‧LED元件 9‧‧‧LED components

10‧‧‧數位下載式點唱機系統 10‧‧‧Digital downloading jukebox system

10'‧‧‧改良式點唱機系統 10'‧‧‧Modified jukebox system

12、906‧‧‧中央伺服器 12, 906‧‧‧ central server

14‧‧‧通訊網路 14‧‧‧Communication network

16、16a、16b、16c、16d、16e、 16f‧‧‧遠端點唱機裝置 16, 16a, 16b, 16c, 16d, 16e, 16f‧‧‧Remote jukebox device

18‧‧‧螢幕/顯示器 18‧‧‧Screen/Monitor

20‧‧‧音訊系統/音訊配置 20‧‧‧Audio System/Audio Configuration

22、22a、22b、22c、22d、22e、22f‧‧‧本機伺服器 22, 22a, 22b, 22c, 22d, 22e, 22f‧‧‧ local server

302‧‧‧飛行內容解析度服務 302‧‧‧ Flight Content Resolution Service

304‧‧‧本機內容 304‧‧‧Local content

306‧‧‧伺服器內容 306‧‧‧Server content

308‧‧‧基於網頁之內容 308‧‧‧Web-based content

310‧‧‧螢幕 310‧‧‧ screen

312‧‧‧視訊片段 312‧‧‧Video clips

312a、3500‧‧‧畫面 312a, 3500‧‧‧ screen

312b‧‧‧背景 312b‧‧‧Background

312c‧‧‧前景 312c‧‧ prospects

402‧‧‧飛行控制台 402‧‧‧ Flight console

404a、404b、404n‧‧‧片段 404a, 404b, 404n‧‧‧frag

502a、502b‧‧‧錨點 502a, 502b‧‧‧ anchor

800‧‧‧節點 800‧‧‧ nodes

802‧‧‧概觀區域 802‧‧ ‧ overview area

804‧‧‧「節點歷史」區段 804‧‧‧"Node History" section

806‧‧‧階層連結/「設定清單」 806‧‧‧Class Link/"Setting List"

808‧‧‧前端項目 808‧‧‧ front-end project

810‧‧‧主要廣告排行榜 810‧‧‧Main Advertising Rankings

812‧‧‧當前播放歌曲之指示 812‧‧‧Instructions for the current song

814‧‧‧當前登入使用者之指示 814‧‧‧Instructions for current login users

818‧‧‧基於文字之搜尋區域 818‧‧‧Text-based search area

902、2800、5100‧‧‧點唱機 902, 2800, 5100‧‧‧ jukebox

904‧‧‧本機資料庫 904‧‧‧Local database

908‧‧‧集中式資料庫 908‧‧‧Centralized database

910‧‧‧社交網路 910‧‧ social network

S1602、S1604、S1606、S1608、S1610、S1702、S1704、S1706、S1708、S1710、S1802、S1804、S1806、S1808、S1810、S1902、S1904、S1906、S1908、S1910‧‧‧步驟 S1602, S1604, S1606, S1608, S1610, S1702, S1704, S1706, S1708, S1710, S1802, S1804, S1806, S1808, S1810, S1902, S1904, S1906, S1908, S1910‧‧

2402‧‧‧似扇形配置 2402‧‧‧Single fan configuration

2404‧‧‧內容類型 2404‧‧‧Content Type

2406、4802、4904‧‧‧按鈕 2406, 4802, 4904‧‧‧ buttons

2408、3006‧‧‧排序指示符 2408, 3006‧‧‧ Sorting indicator

2600‧‧‧點唱機裝置 2600‧‧‧ jukebox device

2602‧‧‧主顯示幕 2602‧‧‧Main display

2604‧‧‧副顯示器 2604‧‧‧Sub Display

2606‧‧‧玻璃或其他觸敏基體 2606‧‧‧Glass or other touch sensitive substrates

2608‧‧‧實體互動按鈕 2608‧‧‧Entity interactive button

2612‧‧‧框架 2612‧‧‧Frame

2614‧‧‧信用卡接受器 2614‧‧‧ Credit card acceptor

2616、2618‧‧‧紙幣接受器 2616, 2618‧‧ ‧ banknote acceptor

2802‧‧‧LED陣列 2802‧‧‧LED array

2804‧‧‧主顯示器 2804‧‧‧Main display

2806‧‧‧可選皮膚標籤 2806‧‧‧Optional skin label

2808、2810、3504‧‧‧區域 2808, 2810, 3504‧‧‧ areas

2812‧‧‧信用點計量區域 2812‧‧‧ Credit measurement area

2814‧‧‧似扇形陣列 2814‧‧‧like fan-shaped array

2816‧‧‧模式陣列 2816‧‧‧Mode Array

2818‧‧‧廣告橫幅 2818‧‧‧Advertising banner

2900‧‧‧伴唱機相關選項之似扇形陣列 Fan-shaped array of 2900‧‧‧ phonograph related options

2902‧‧‧首頁 2902‧‧‧Home

2904‧‧‧社交網路連結 2904‧‧‧Social Network Links

3002a‧‧‧左箭頭 3002a‧‧‧Left arrow

3002b‧‧‧右箭頭 3002b‧‧‧Right arrow

3008a‧‧‧演出者按鈕 3008a‧‧‧ Performer button

3008b‧‧‧歌曲按鈕 3008b‧‧‧ song button

3008c‧‧‧歌集按鈕 3008c‧‧‧ song set button

3010‧‧‧遊戲按鈕 3010‧‧‧ Game Buttons

3012‧‧‧搜尋按鈕 3012‧‧‧Search button

3102a‧‧‧頁面之正面 The front of the 3102a‧‧‧ page

3102b‧‧‧頁面之反面 The reverse of the 3102b‧‧‧ page

3104‧‧‧正在展現之頁面 3104‧‧‧The page being displayed

3106‧‧‧舊頁面 3106‧‧‧Old page

3300‧‧‧歌曲選擇畫面 3300‧‧‧Song selection screen

3302‧‧‧專用區域 3302‧‧‧Special area

3304‧‧‧選擇歌曲按鈕 3304‧‧‧Select song button

3502‧‧‧標題列 3502‧‧‧ title column

3506‧‧‧虛擬鍵盤 3506‧‧‧Virtual keyboard

3508‧‧‧登入按鈕 3508‧‧‧ Login button

3510‧‧‧使用者化身 3510‧‧‧ User avatar

3512‧‧‧表演按鈕 3512‧‧‧Performance button

4000、4500‧‧‧指示符 4000, 4500, ‧ indicator

4804‧‧‧「再旋轉」按鈕 4804‧‧‧"Rewind" button

4902‧‧‧指示/指示符 4902‧‧‧Indication/Indicator

4906a、4906b‧‧‧下一歌曲指示符 4906a, 4906b‧‧‧Next song indicator

5102‧‧‧無線麥克風接收器 5102‧‧‧Wireless microphone receiver

5104‧‧‧無線路由器 5104‧‧‧Wireless Router

5106‧‧‧視訊介面模組 5106‧‧‧Video Interface Module

5108‧‧‧顯示器 5108‧‧‧Display

將藉由在結合隨附圖式閱讀時檢閱例示性實施例之以下詳細描述來進一步理解本發明之此等及其他特徵、態樣及優點,在圖式中:圖1為習知下載數位點唱機系統之方塊圖;圖2為改良式點唱機系統10'之一例示性實施例之方塊圖;圖3為展示根據一例示性實施例的飛行內容解析度之示意圖;圖4為展示根據一例示性實施例的顯示群組解析 度之示意圖;圖5為根據一例示性實施例的出現在一個錨點中且移動並縮放以較接近使用者出現的飛行片段;圖6根據一例示性實施例說明瀏覽給定演出者之音樂集合;圖7根據一例示性實施例說明按演出者及專輯瀏覽音樂集合;圖8a根據一例示性實施例說明與「演出者6」相關聯之八(8)個實例標記之集合;圖8b為根據一例示性實施例的用以在點唱機顯示器上建構實例音樂地圖之線框;圖9為說明根據一例示性實施例的可使自訂瀏覽狀態及其他特徵能夠實施的一個配置之方塊圖;圖10根據一例示性實施例展示推薦歌曲集合之3D視覺化;圖11為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何巡覽物件之例示性畫面;圖12為根據一例示性實施例的展示在選擇後可如何擴展物件之例示性畫面;圖13為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何巡覽物件之另一例示性畫面;圖14為根據一例示性實施例的展示使用者可如何鍵入歌詞以減小建議播放之歌曲之數目之例示性畫面;圖15為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何選擇 歌曲以向使用者呈現之示意表示;圖16為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於基於地點特定包括準則及實際點唱機使用來判定哪一內容應可用於在點唱機上播放之實例程序之流程圖;圖17為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於最初設立點唱機之實例程序之流程圖;圖18為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於針對經辨識使用者自訂顯示之實例程序之流程圖;圖19為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於針對特殊事件自訂顯示之實例程序之流程圖;圖20a為根據特定例示性實施例的第一實例「演出者入口」;圖20b為根據特定例示性實施例的第二實例「演出者入口」;圖21為根據特定例示性實施例的點唱機之播放佇列之部分或遞增呈現之實例;圖22a根據特定例示性實施例使用彩色「斑點」來反白顯示中心選擇,而其他非顧客可選擇元素可為模糊的;圖22b根據特定例示性實施例展示專輯封套之放大以反白顯示對專輯之選擇;圖22c根據特定例示性實施例展示專輯封套之放大以反白顯示對專輯之選擇,且進一步模糊背景UI元素以幫助將焦點集中至所選專輯; 圖23a至圖23d根據一例示性實施例展示動態運動顯示之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖24為根據特定例示性實施例的改良式音樂探索使用者介面之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖25a至圖25b展示根據特定例示性實施例的點唱機裝置之組件;圖26為根據特定實例實施例的實例點唱機裝置之影像;圖27為根據特定例示性實施例的正在配色及同步中之點唱機裝置上的視覺組件之例示性圖;圖28為根據特定例示性實施例的使使用者能夠存取組合式伴唱機/照相亭點唱機之複數個不同特徵之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖29為根據特定例示性實施例的使使用者能夠存取伴唱點唱機特徵的實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖30為根據特定例示性實施例的伴唱點唱機之實例演出者選擇畫面;圖31至圖32根據特定例示性實施例展示實例伴唱機歌集頁面翻動操作;圖33為根據特定例示性實施例的詳細伴唱機歌曲選擇畫面之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖34為根據特定例示性實施例的包括伴唱機歌曲歌詞之顯示之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖35為根據特定例示性實施例的實例伴唱機使 用者識別畫面;圖36為根據特定例示性實施例的實例伴唱機歌曲確認畫面;圖37至圖38為根據特定例示性實施例的可顯示之實例伴唱機吸引模式畫面;圖39為根據特定例示性實施例的展示用於表演之歌詞之顯示之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖40至圖41根據特定例示性實施例表明表演者可如何發信號以辨識樂器中斷;圖42為根據特定例示性實施例的可顯示之伴唱機相關之音樂權利資訊之螢幕擷取畫面;圖43為根據特定例示性實施例的展示伴唱機搜尋機制之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖44為根據特定例示性實施例的預界定伴唱機歌集之實例旋轉型顯示;圖45為根據特定例示性實施例的來自伴唱點唱機之選定歌集之實例歌曲選擇畫面;圖46為根據特定例示性實施例的展示伴唱機二重唱之第一聲部與第二聲部之間的分隔之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖47為適合於關於特定例示性實施例使用的伴唱機遊戲選擇畫面之實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖48為根據特定例示性實施例的展示如何玩一個實例伴唱機相關遊戲之實例螢幕擷取畫面; 圖49為說明特定例示性實施例之遞增伴唱機歌曲佇列展現特徵的實例螢幕擷取畫面;圖50為根據特定例示性實施例的展示授權人員可如何編輯伴唱點唱機佇列之實例螢幕擷取畫面;且圖51為根據特定例示性實施例的說明伴唱點唱機系統之實例組件的方塊圖。 These and other features, aspects and advantages of the present invention will be further understood from the following detailed description of the exemplary embodiments of the invention. Figure 2 is a block diagram of an exemplary embodiment of an improved jukebox system 10'; Figure 3 is a schematic diagram showing flight content resolution according to an exemplary embodiment; Display group resolution of an exemplary embodiment FIG. 5 is a flight segment appearing in an anchor point and moving and zooming to appear closer to the user, according to an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 6 illustrates browsing the music of a given artist according to an exemplary embodiment. Figure 7 illustrates a collection of music by artist and album according to an exemplary embodiment; Figure 8a illustrates a set of eight (8) instance tags associated with "Artist 6" in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 8b A wireframe for constructing an example music map on a jukebox display in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 9 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration that enables a custom browsing state and other features to be implemented in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. Figure 10 illustrates a 3D visualization of a set of recommended songs in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 11 is an illustrative screen showing how an article may be viewed, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; Figure 12 is an illustration of how an item may be viewed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; An exemplary screen showing how the object can be expanded after selection; FIG. 13 is another illustrative screen showing how the object can be viewed in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 14 is an illustration according to an example Showing how a user can type the embodiment of song lyrics to reduce the number of recommendations of exemplary screen displays; FIG. 15 is an exemplary embodiment of the display may be an example of how to select The song is shown schematically to the user; FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating an example program for determining which content should be available for playback on a jukebox based on location-specific inclusion criteria and actual jukebox usage, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating an example program for initially setting up a jukebox, according to an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 18 is a diagram illustrating an example for customizing a display for an identified user, according to an exemplary embodiment. Flowchart of the program; FIG. 19 is a flowchart illustrating an example program for custom display for a special event, according to an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 20a is a first example "artist entry" according to a specific exemplary embodiment; Figure 20b is a second example "artist entry" in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment; Figure 21 is an illustration of a portion or incremental presentation of a play queue of a jukebox in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; Figure 22a is in accordance with a particular exemplary implementation For example, a color "spot" is used to highlight the center selection, while other non-customer selectable elements can be blurred; Figure 22b is shown in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment. The enlargement of the album envelope highlights the selection of the album in reverse; Figure 22c shows the enlargement of the album envelope to highlight the selection of the album in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments, and further blurs the background UI elements to help focus the selected album ; 23a-23d illustrate an example screen capture screen of a dynamic motion display, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment; FIG. 24 is an example screen capture screen of an improved music exploration user interface, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 25a-FIG. 25b shows components of a jukebox device in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 26 is an image of an example jukebox device in accordance with a particular example embodiment; and FIG. 27 is a jukebox device in color matching and synchronization, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. FIG. 28 is an exemplary screen capture screen for enabling a user to access a plurality of different features of a combined phonograph/photo booth jukebox in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 29 is based on An example screen capture screen that enables a user to access a karaoke player feature in a particular exemplary embodiment; FIG. 30 is an example artist selection screen of a chorus jukebox in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIGS. 31-32 are specific to The illustrative embodiment shows an example phonograph song page flip operation; FIG. 33 is a detailed phonograph song selection screen in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments Example screen capture screen; FIG. 34 is an example screen capture screen including display of karaoke song lyrics in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 35 is an example karaoke machine in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. User identification screen; FIG. 36 is an example karaoke song confirmation screen in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIGS. 37-38 are example displayable phonograph attraction mode screens in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. An exemplary screen capture of a display of lyrics for a performance is shown in an exemplary embodiment; FIGS. 40-41 illustrate how a performer may signal to recognize an instrument break, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 42 is based on a particular illustrative FIG. 43 is an example screen capture screen showing a phonograph search mechanism in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment; FIG. 44 is an exemplary illustrative embodiment in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment. FIG. Example of a pre-defined vocal set of songs; FIG. 45 is an example song selection screen for a selected album from a chorus jukebox in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments; FIG. 46 is a show phonograph duet according to a particular illustrative embodiment Example screen capture of the separation between the first and second voices; FIG. 47 is suitable for a particular illustrative embodiment Examples of the selection screen shots screen karaoke machine with a game; FIG. 48 shows how to play according to a particular embodiment shows one example embodiment of the karaoke machine game related screenshots examples; 49 is an example screen capture screen illustrating an incremental phonograph song string presentation feature of a particular illustrative embodiment; FIG. 50 is an illustration of an example screen showing how an authorized person can edit a chorus jukebox queue in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. Figure 51 is a block diagram illustrating an example component of a chorus jukebox system in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments.

較佳實施例之詳細說明 Detailed description of the preferred embodiment

參看諸圖,圖2為改良式點唱機系統10'之一例示性實施例之方塊圖。點唱機系統10'包括如圖1所示且上文所描述之類似元件,包括中央伺服器12、通訊網路14及遠端點唱機裝置16、16a至16f。然而,點唱機系統10'進一步包括分別連接至點唱機裝置16、16a至16f中之每一者的本機伺服器22、22a至22f。中央伺服器12包括歌曲(及/或其他內容)之主程式庫。該等點唱機裝置中之每一者包括該主程式庫在點唱機之區域儲存裝置上之一子集。中央伺服器可用以藉由監視該等點唱機裝置中之每一者上的歌曲之子集之使用及更新歌曲之子集來個別地管理點唱機裝置之內容,其目的為最大化歌曲之使用率。中央伺服器12定期自該等點唱機中之每一者接收資料以用於已播放歌曲之權利金記賬及付款。該等點唱機裝置可以任何合適方式(諸如,撥號數據機或寬頻數據機(例如,DSL、纜線、無線寬頻或衛星))連接至網路。通訊網路14可為能夠將資料(例如,視聽資料)自中央伺服器12分散至點唱機16且使資料能夠自點唱機16 上傳至中央伺服器12之任何合適網路。 Referring to the drawings, Figure 2 is a block diagram of an exemplary embodiment of an improved jukebox system 10'. The jukebox system 10' includes similar components as shown in Figure 1 and described above, including a central server 12, a communication network 14, and remote jukebox devices 16, 16a through 16f. However, the jukebox system 10' further includes local servers 22, 22a through 22f that are respectively coupled to each of the jukebox devices 16, 16a through 16f. The central server 12 includes a main library of songs (and/or other content). Each of the jukebox devices includes a subset of the main library on the regional storage of the jukebox. The central server can be used to individually manage the content of the jukebox device by monitoring the use of a subset of the songs on each of the jukebox devices and updating a subset of the songs for the purpose of maximizing the usage of the songs. The central server 12 periodically receives data from each of the jukeboxes for the rights accounting and payment of the played songs. The jukebox devices can be connected to the network in any suitable manner, such as a dial data modem or a broadband data modem (e.g., DSL, cable, wireless broadband or satellite). The communication network 14 can be capable of distributing data (e.g., audiovisual material) from the central server 12 to the jukebox 16 and enabling data from the jukebox 16 Upload to any suitable network of the central server 12.

出於安全性及頻寬目的,可在使用已知技術將歌 曲發送至點唱機之前由中央伺服器12數位化、壓縮並加密該等歌曲(及/或其他資料)。接著由該等點唱機解壓縮並解密該等歌曲以在點唱機上儲存並重現。因此,該等點唱機中之每一者將數位化歌曲之程式館維持在資料庫中以用於在點唱機上播放,其中該程式館可經由中央伺服器所進行之通訊來改變或更新。該等點唱機亦可接收並儲存構成可顯示於點唱機裝置16之顯示器18上之影像之資料(例如,靜態及/或移動視訊及/或圖形影像)。在本發明之一個例示性實施例中,該等點唱機裝置具有上文所引用之美國專利第6,308,204號中所描述之類似結構及操作。因此,該等點唱機裝置16各自可包括一或多個微處理器(諸如,主CPU及音訊DSP)、用於儲存歌曲及/或其他內容之記憶體(諸如,硬碟機)、顯示視覺項目之顯示器、用於提供音訊之音訊配置20、用於使點唱機能夠經由通訊網路14與中央伺服器12通訊之通訊系統,及控制點唱機之操作之作業軟體(包括多任務作業系統)。該作業軟體亦可經由與中央伺服器12通訊來更新,如(例如)上文所引用的美國專利第6,308,204號中所描述。該等點唱機16進一步包括用於使客戶能夠以便利方式為使用點唱機裝置付費之一或多個付款裝置,諸如硬幣、紙幣及/或信用卡輸入裝置。螢幕18可為使使用者能夠藉由觸摸螢幕來輸入選擇之觸控螢幕。 For security and bandwidth purposes, songs can be made using known techniques The songs (and/or other materials) are digitized, compressed, and encrypted by the central server 12 before being sent to the jukebox. The songs are then decompressed and decrypted by the jukebox for storage and reproduction on the jukebox. Thus, each of the jukeboxes maintains the library of digitized songs in a database for playback on a jukebox, wherein the library can be changed or updated via communication by a central server. The jukebox can also receive and store data (e.g., static and/or mobile video and/or graphic images) that form an image that can be displayed on display 18 of jukebox device 16. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, the jukebox device has a similar construction and operation as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,308,204, incorporated herein by reference. Thus, the jukebox devices 16 each may include one or more microprocessors (such as a main CPU and an audio DSP), memory for storing songs and/or other content (such as a hard disk drive), display vision. The display of the item, the audio configuration 20 for providing audio, the communication system for enabling the jukebox to communicate with the central server 12 via the communication network 14, and the operating software (including the multitasking operating system) for controlling the operation of the jukebox. The operating software can also be updated by communicating with the central server 12, as described in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,308,204, incorporated herein by reference. The jukebox 16 further includes one or more payment devices, such as coins, banknotes, and/or credit card input devices, for enabling the customer to pay for the use of the jukebox device in a convenient manner. The screen 18 can be used to enable the user to input a selected touch screen by touching the screen.

在一個實施例中,每一點唱機裝置具有可由點唱 機裝置存取之本機伺服器22。該等本機伺服器係使用乙太網路或其他類型之區域連接而分別連接至該等點唱機裝置。在另一實施例中,本機伺服器可僅為點唱機之硬碟機之邏輯擴充(例如,分區、目錄或區),而非單獨硬體裝置。 該等本機伺服器22可各自包括由中央伺服器12維持之音樂唱片之主程式庫之鏡像複本。本機伺服器22可在將本機伺服器及點唱機裝置運輸至點唱機經銷商或操作者之前藉由擁有及/或控制點唱機網路之實體來載入主程式庫。當然,隨時間過去,歸因於中央伺服器可用額外或新的歌曲連續更新之事實,本機伺服器將不再相等地對應於中央伺服器。因此,該等本機伺服器22亦可定期更新以維持與中央伺服器12上之程式庫的對應性。舉例而言,此更新可藉由中央伺服器12經由與(例如)使用撥號數據機或寬頻數據機任一者與本機伺服器22連接之點唱機裝置通訊來進行。替代地,可用可由營銷專員或其他人員直接連接至點唱機或本機伺服器以用於更新本機伺服器之內容的更新工具來親自進行該更新。攜帶型工具可包括可退回給點唱機系統之所有者且由其再使用以進行未來更新的抽取式儲存媒體,諸如硬碟機。該工具本身可由負責在自點唱機系統之所有者接收更新之抽取式儲存媒體後維護特定點唱機之操作者或其他人員管理。 In one embodiment, each jukebox device has a point sing The local server server 22 accessed by the device. The local servers are connected to the jukebox devices using Ethernet or other types of area connections. In another embodiment, the local server may only be a logical extension (eg, partition, directory, or zone) of the hard disk drive of the jukebox, rather than a separate hardware device. The native servers 22 may each include a mirrored copy of the main library of music records maintained by the central server 12. The local server 22 can load the main library by owning and/or controlling the entity of the jukebox network before transporting the local server and jukebox device to the jukebox dealer or operator. Of course, over time, due to the fact that the central server can continuously update additional or new songs, the local server will no longer correspond equally to the central server. Thus, the local servers 22 can also be periodically updated to maintain correspondence with the libraries on the central server 12. For example, the update can be performed by the central server 12 via communication with a jukebox device connected to the local server 22, for example, using either a dial-up modem or a broadband modem. Alternatively, the update can be made in person using an update tool that can be directly connected to the jukebox or local server by the marketing specialist or other personnel for updating the content of the native server. The portable tool can include a removable storage medium, such as a hard drive, that can be returned to the owner of the jukebox system and reused for future updates. The tool itself may be managed by an operator or other person responsible for maintaining a particular jukebox after receiving an updated removable storage medium from the owner of the jukebox system.

出於安全性原因,本機伺服器22可不包括構成儲存於本機伺服器22上之任何一首歌曲之數位資料之全部。另外,在區域伺服器上之歌曲之部分係加密的。點唱機裝 置16含有在本機伺服器上之歌曲中之每一者的缺少部分,藉此使點唱機能夠基於本機伺服器及點唱機裝置上之記憶體之內容而組成完整歌曲。需要位於點唱機上之缺少資料以便對歌曲解密。舉例而言,每一歌曲之資料之單一區塊(或其他小部分)在本機伺服器上可能缺少,但存在於點唱機裝置上,且加密可基於缺少區塊且可逐個區塊來進行。因此,在不能獲得及/或解密先前區塊之情況下,不能解密區塊中之任一者。此特徵提供顯著安全性,且預防或阻止對本機伺服器上之歌曲的偷竊或其他類型之未經授權使用或複製。因此,在此實施例中,每一本機伺服器必須明確指派給特定點唱機裝置,使得上文所描述之解密可正確地執行。 For security reasons, the local server 22 may not include all of the digital data that constitutes any song stored on the local server 22. In addition, the portion of the song on the regional server is encrypted. Gambling machine Set 16 contains the missing portion of each of the songs on the local server, thereby enabling the jukebox to compose a complete song based on the contents of the memory on the local server and the jukebox device. A missing piece of information on the jukebox is required to decrypt the song. For example, a single block (or other small portion) of the material for each song may be missing on the local server but present on the jukebox device, and the encryption may be based on missing blocks and may be block by block. . Therefore, in the event that the previous block cannot be obtained and/or decrypted, either of the blocks cannot be decrypted. This feature provides significant security and prevents or prevents theft or other types of unauthorized use or copying of songs on the local server. Thus, in this embodiment, each local server must be explicitly assigned to a particular jukebox device such that the decryption described above can be performed correctly.

根據一例示性實施例,本機伺服器亦可各自個別地向中央伺服器12註冊且由其識別,使得中央伺服器可個別地管理及監視每一本機伺服器。對於點唱機裝置本身而言同樣如此,亦即,點唱機裝置亦可向中央伺服器註冊,使得點唱機裝置亦可由中央伺服器來個別地監視及管理。如自先前描述將理解,本機伺服器由於允許其內容被點唱機裝置存取以提供在點唱機裝置本身上不可得之額外服務(諸如,提供額外歌曲)而成為點唱機系統之重要且有利之部分。如下文將解釋,中央伺服器及/或儲存容量本身之歌曲程式庫可有利地用以將服務提供給其他點唱機,諸如基於收費之住宅及商業點唱機及/或其他基於收費之設備。本機伺服器之一個用途可為提供立即歌曲下載特徵。 According to an exemplary embodiment, the local servers may also be individually registered with and identified by the central server 12 such that the central server can individually manage and monitor each local server. The same is true for the jukebox device itself, that is, the jukebox device can also be registered with the central server so that the jukebox device can also be individually monitored and managed by the central server. As will be understood from the foregoing description, the local server is important and advantageous for the jukebox system by allowing its content to be accessed by the jukebox device to provide additional services not available on the jukebox device itself, such as providing additional songs. Part of it. As will be explained below, the central server and/or the song library of the storage capacity itself can advantageously be used to provide services to other jukeboxes, such as fee-based residential and commercial jukeboxes and/or other fee-based devices. One use of the native server can be to provide immediate song download features.

如上文所指示,特定例示性實施包括用於(例如) 使用觸控螢幕來探索及瀏覽媒體內容的新三維使用者介面。給定內容(例如,音樂、視訊、廣告及/或其他內容)之任意集合,該新使用者介面可創建多維(例如,二維或三維)視覺化虛擬空間,該虛擬空間允許使用者在此集合中自由地巡覽。此類型之巡覽係藉由使用社交標記模型及/或合作風行度模型在特定例示性實施例中實現。 As indicated above, certain exemplary implementations include for (for example) Use the touch screen to explore and navigate the new 3D user interface for media content. Given any collection of content (eg, music, video, advertisements, and/or other content), the new user interface can create a multi-dimensional (eg, two-dimensional or three-dimensional) visual virtual space that allows the user to Freely in the collection. This type of tour is implemented in a particular illustrative embodiment by using a social tagging model and/or a cooperative popularity model.

特定例示性實施例被描述為實施觸摸區域感測 技術。亦即,在某種意義上,特定例示性實施例獲得感測到觸碰之位置、方向及速度。使用此資料,特定例示性實施例可使顯著物件平面藉由使觸碰向前(向上)或向後(向下)移動而在物件呈現中向前或向後移動或藉由向左或向右之撥動來選擇。另外,或在替代例中,藉由將觸碰保持大於某一臨限值之時間段(例如,大於2秒),可呈現表示該臨限值之選擇。 Certain exemplary embodiments are described as implementing touch area sensing technology. That is, in a sense, certain exemplary embodiments obtain the position, direction, and speed at which the touch is sensed. Using this information, certain exemplary embodiments may cause the salient object plane to move forward or backward in the object representation by moving the touch forward (upward) or backward (downward) or by left or right. Toggle to choose. Additionally, or in the alternative, the selection of the threshold may be presented by maintaining the touch for a period of time greater than a certain threshold (eg, greater than 2 seconds).

空間為其上將呈現所有圖像元素之總呈現區 域。集合大體上係指媒體之邏輯集合,且可經歷偏好篩選(例如)以僅呈現並利用滿足不同位準之動作者之準則的媒體。該等集合有時可由圖形影像來表示。物件大體上係指來自中央目錄的以序列表示之歌曲、演出者、播放清單、遊戲或媒體源。所呈現之物件有時可被視為經歷使用者或地點偏好與正在瀏覽之物件之屬性之間的匹配。如受讓人之同在申請中之申請案(該等申請案在上文引用)之某些申請案中所描述,可提供鑑認機制以尤其識別使用者且提供 安全性憑證授權。在特定例示性實施例之情況下,鑑認動作可將基於使用者之偏好篩選疊加在基於地點之偏好篩選上。當基於使用者之偏好篩選有效時,其可進一步減少由地點屬性已強加之任何篩選。一旦經鑑認,新集合(諸如,播放清單、最愛的遊戲、中斷的遊戲、聊天工作階段、媒體消費記錄、最分等)可變得可用,因為新的可能集合將作為物件呈現在物件檢視器中。 Space for the total rendering area where all image elements will be rendered area. A collection generally refers to a logical collection of media, and may undergo a preference screening, for example, to present and utilize only media that meet the criteria of different levels of actor. These collections can sometimes be represented by graphical images. An object generally refers to a sequence of songs, performers, playlists, games, or media sources from a central catalog. The presented item can sometimes be viewed as a match between the user or location preference and the attributes of the item being viewed. As described in certain applications by the assignee in the application (these applications are hereby incorporated by reference), an authentication mechanism may be provided to specifically identify the user and provide Security certificate authorization. In the case of a particular illustrative embodiment, the authentication action may overlay the user-based preference overlay on the location-based preference filter. When the screening based on the user's preference is valid, it can further reduce any filtering that has been imposed by the location attribute. Once authenticated, new collections (such as playlists, favorite games, interrupted games, chat sessions, media consumption records, top scores, etc.) can become available because the new possible collection will be presented as an object in the object view. In the device.

如上文所提及,在特定例示性實施例中,空間以 三個狀態操作。在飛行狀態下,基於點唱機之行為及集中式媒體準備活動來呈現媒體片段之程式化系列。在瀏覽狀態下,使用者經由多種不同模式來瀏覽多個集合,其目的在於選擇媒體項目以用於動作。媒體項目通常包括歌曲、遊戲及/或其他內容。在搜尋狀態下,顧客經由虛擬鍵盤及選項面板或其他適當輸入機構鍵入資料以直接定位滿足搜尋準則及該地點處之有效偏好篩選之媒體項目。將瞭解,此等狀態係例示性的,且此等及/或其他狀態在本發明之不同實施例中可以任何合適組合或子組合提供。在任何情況下,將接著在下文提供例示性飛行、瀏覽及搜尋狀態之例示性細節。 As mentioned above, in certain exemplary embodiments, the space is Three state operations. In flight, a stylized series of media clips is presented based on the jukebox behavior and centralized media preparation activities. In the browse state, the user navigates through multiple collections via a number of different modes with the goal of selecting media items for action. Media projects typically include songs, games, and/or other content. In the search state, the customer types in the data via a virtual keyboard and options panel or other appropriate input mechanism to directly locate media items that meet the search criteria and the effective preferences filtered at that location. It will be appreciated that such states are exemplary, and that such and/or other states may be provided in any suitable combination or sub-combination in various embodiments of the invention. In any event, exemplary details of exemplary flight, browsing, and search states will be provided below.

現將提供關於實例飛行狀態之細節。如將瞭解,對於點唱機且大體上音樂系統,僅將每天之部分時間用在直接地或以無線方式與搜尋或播放歌曲之使用者互動上。在大部分時間中,照明及顯示設備參與呈現視訊影像之序列。該等視訊影像之目的為將使用者吸引至系統、令使用 者知道該裝置實際上為使用者控制之音樂服務或點唱機、呈現廣告及公眾服務通告及/或促使系統本身展示新特徵、可用之新媒體且推銷演出者及其作品。 Details regarding the flight status of the example will now be provided. As will be appreciated, for jukeboxes and in general music systems, only part of the day is spent interacting directly or wirelessly with users searching or playing songs. Most of the time, lighting and display devices participate in the sequence of presenting video images. The purpose of these video images is to attract users to the system and use them. It is known that the device is actually a user-controlled music service or jukebox, presenting advertisements and public service announcements and/or prompting the system itself to display new features, available new media, and to promote the performers and their works.

現今點唱機之問題為該等點唱機跨特定網路提 供基本上同質之呈現。此意味所呈現之視覺可完全不適合於點唱機安裝所在之地點中之許多者。可能更重要地,許多餐館或專門酒吧或休息室已將相當大資源投入在創建特定氣氛及外觀上以吸引並滿足其計劃客戶。由於商業音樂系統不斷地提供愈來愈大之螢幕顯示區域,故存在經由點唱機對特定類型之地點之畫面來調諧點唱機之外觀的機會。另外,較大之螢幕面積帶來支援與地點之視覺主題交錯的愈來愈複雜之數位告示板應用的機會。不回應對為了使點唱機與整體環境調合之自訂設計之隱含或明確請求之不利風險係關於立即拒絕置放於該地點中之點唱機之想法。 The problem with today’s jukeboxes is that these jukeboxes are available across specific networks. For a substantially homogeneous presentation. This means that the presented visuals are completely unsuitable for many of the locations where the jukebox is installed. Perhaps more importantly, many restaurants or specialized bars or lounges have invested considerable resources in creating a particular atmosphere and appearance to attract and satisfy their planned customers. As commercial music systems continue to provide ever-increasing screen display areas, there is an opportunity to tune the appearance of the jukebox via a jukebox to a particular type of location. In addition, the larger screen area offers the opportunity to support increasingly complex digital signage applications that are intertwined with the visual themes of the location. The unfavorable risk of implying an implicit or explicit request for a custom design that blends the jukebox with the overall environment is an idea of immediately rejecting the jukebox placed in the venue.

此挑戰之一個解決方法為提供自訂飛行套件,該 等自訂飛行套件可被視為「可信」或另外「適合」地點之靈敏度之視訊及合成影像之集合。舉例而言,高級都會馬蒂尼休息室可具備適合於該地點之視訊之都會、別致集合。鄉村及西部酒吧可具備與周圍環境更協調之牛仔主題。此對該產業具有至少兩個有利效應。首先,此為音樂服務開發場地類型之全新群體。其次,與高級場地音樂樣式組合,此創建適合於場地經營者設法吸引並取悅之客戶的具有外觀及聲音兩者之音樂系統。 One solution to this challenge is to provide a custom flight kit, which A custom flight kit can be considered a collection of video and synthetic images of sensitivity for "trusted" or otherwise "suitable" locations. For example, the Premium Metropolitan Martigny Lounge has a chic collection of cities that are suitable for the location of the video. The country and western bars have a cowboy theme that is more coordinated with the surroundings. This has at least two beneficial effects on the industry. First, this is a new group of venue types for music service development. Second, in combination with the advanced venue music style, this creates a music system that is both stylish and versatile for the venue operator to try to attract and please.

在特定例示性實施例中,飛行可由個別視訊片段 組成。視訊片段可佔用可用螢幕面積之全部或一部分且可與具有不同持續時間之其他視訊片段重疊。在特定例示性實施例中,視訊片段可駐留於音樂系統中(例如,已預先自中央伺服器分散),或在特定其他例示性實施例中,視訊片段可動態地自音樂伺服器或其他內容提供者擷取。在另外其他例示性實施例中,可提供可調諧至的頻道。每一飛行可具有持續時間,飛行可在該持續時間之後重複。因而,可能希望包括動態內容以便保持呈現新鮮且有趣。 In certain exemplary embodiments, the flight may be by individual video segments composition. The video clip can occupy all or a portion of the available screen area and can overlap with other video clips having different durations. In certain exemplary embodiments, the video clips may reside in a music system (eg, pre-spread from a central server), or in certain other exemplary embodiments, the video clips may be dynamically from a music server or other content The provider takes it. In still other exemplary embodiments, a channel tunable to may be provided. Each flight can have a duration, and the flight can be repeated after that duration. Thus, it may be desirable to include dynamic content in order to keep the presentation fresh and interesting.

視訊片段通常可分類為編輯性或廣告性的。編輯 性片段通常被視為意欲吸引觀看者且鼓勵使用音樂系統(直接地或經由遠端存取裝置)之資訊性或娛樂事實。廣告性片段通常被視為基於位於音樂系統上或遠端伺服器上之廣告材料動態地呈現。 Video clips can often be classified as editorial or advertising. edit Sexual segments are generally viewed as informational or entertainment facts intended to attract viewers and encourage the use of music systems (either directly or via remote access devices). Advertising segments are typically viewed as being dynamically rendered based on advertising material located on the music system or on a remote server.

飛行可被視為其中每一片段表示可顯示群組之 時刻表。可顯示群組為經設計以解決編輯性或廣告性內容之要求之獨立資料系統。在僅一個編輯性片段滿足可顯示群組之準則之情況下,該可顯示群組可在單一步驟中解析,或可顯示群組可能需要大量規則及參考以最終解析將呈現之正確視訊片段。 Flight can be considered as each of the segments representing a displayable group Timetable. Groups can be displayed as stand-alone data systems designed to address the requirements of editorial or advertising content. In the case where only one editorial segment satisfies the criteria for displayable groups, the displayable group can be parsed in a single step, or the displayable group may require a large number of rules and references to ultimately resolve the correct video segment to be presented.

圖3為展示根據一例示性實施例的飛行內容解析 度之示意圖,且圖4為展示根據一例示性實施例的顯示群組解析度之示意圖。如自圖3可見,飛行內容解析度服務302可解析來自多種源(諸如,本機內容304、伺服器內容306及 /或基於網頁之內容308源)的待顯示之飛行內容。經解析之飛行內容可顯示於螢幕310上。在圖3之例示性實施例中,「當前」片段係提供在畫面312a之中心提供,且退回到背景312b中以為在前景312c中鍵入之「新」片段留出空間。 舉例而言,每一視訊片段312可具有錨位置、時刻表及結束錨位置。此可幫助提供將運動及三維空間之效果添加至呈現之能力。此資訊可根據一預界定中繼資料格式來編造。 3 is a diagram showing flight content parsing according to an exemplary embodiment. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram showing display group resolution according to an exemplary embodiment. As can be seen from FIG. 3, the flight content resolution service 302 can parse from a variety of sources (such as native content 304, server content 306, and / or based on the content of the web page 308 source) of the flight content to be displayed. The parsed flight content can be displayed on the screen 310. In the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 3, a "current" segment is provided at the center of screen 312a and is returned to background 312b to make room for the "new" segment typed in foreground 312c. For example, each video segment 312 can have an anchor location, a timetable, and an end anchor location. This helps provide the ability to add motion and 3D effects to presentation. This information can be fabricated based on a predefined relay data format.

圖4可被視為(例如)指令碼之圖形表示。亦即,飛行控制台402包括複數個片段404a、404b、......、404n。此等片段可包括多個可顯示元素,該等可顯示原始可包括其他可顯示元素。換言之,可顯示元素可(例如)視指令碼而在其內相互嵌套。嵌入於顯示元素內之「子顯示元素」可經程式化而在該顯示元素內移動、跨多個顯示元素移動、在多個片段之間移動等。在例示性實施例中,轉換因此可界定為在片段之間,及在顯示元素之間,及跨片段在顯示元素之間。 Figure 4 can be viewed as, for example, a graphical representation of the instruction code. That is, the flight console 402 includes a plurality of segments 404a, 404b, ..., 404n. Such segments may include a plurality of displayable elements, which may include other displayable elements. In other words, the displayable elements can be nested within each other, for example, depending on the instruction code. A "sub-display element" embedded within a display element can be programmed to move within the display element, move across multiple display elements, move between multiple segments, and the like. In an exemplary embodiment, the transitions may thus be defined between segments, and between display elements, and across segments between display elements.

作為簡單實例,圖5為根據一例示性實施例的出現在一個錨點502a中且移動並縮放至較接近使用者出現之第二錨點502b的飛行片段。該等飛行片段亦可隨轉換進入及/或退出。將瞭解,錨點及縮放可自上至下、自下至上、自左至右、自右至左、自內或自外等,且當將額外注意力給予新內容塊時未必需要自下至上(例如,如在圖5之實例中)。在特定例示性實施例中,移動亦可更複雜,例如,包括螺旋形移動、任意移動、隨機或看上去隨機類型移動等。 As a simple example, FIG. 5 is a flight segment that appears in an anchor point 502a and that moves and zooms to a second anchor point 502b that is closer to the user's appearance, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. These flight segments may also enter and/or exit with the transition. It will be appreciated that the anchor point and zoom can be top to bottom, bottom to top, left to right, right to left, from inside or out, etc., and does not necessarily need to be bottom-up when giving extra attention to new content blocks. (For example, as in the example of Figure 5). In certain exemplary embodiments, the movement may also be more complex, including, for example, spiral movement, arbitrary movement, random or seemingly random type movement, and the like.

如上文所提及(例如,關於圖4),可顯示群組可 含有一或多個可顯示群組。換言之,在特定例示性實施例中,可顯示群組解析程序可為遞歸或嵌套的。藉由維持每一飛行片段之一對多關係,有可能創建動態之嵌合片段且減少產生內容以滿足大型顯示網路之所有排列及組合之努力。一旦經解析,具出現及消失之轉換屬性之視訊片段可被參考以幫助控制多個片段之出現。 As mentioned above (for example, with respect to Figure 4), groups can be displayed Contains one or more displayable groups. In other words, in certain exemplary embodiments, the displayable group resolution program can be recursive or nested. By maintaining one-to-many relationship for each flight segment, it is possible to create dynamic mosaic segments and reduce the effort to generate content to satisfy all permutations and combinations of large display networks. Once parsed, video segments with transition attributes that appear and disappear can be referenced to help control the appearance of multiple segments.

直到現在,跨大規模網路提供此類型之自訂內容 仍為非常困難或不可能的,因為與基於嚴格播放清單之系統有關的巨大體力勞動。引入顯示群組及遞歸性質為顯示系統提供基於場地屬性、顧客互動、內容可用性、飛行片段混合等之組合來進行內容之系統替換之能力。 Until now, this type of custom content was available across large networks. It is still very difficult or impossible because of the enormous physical labor associated with systems based on strict playlists. The introduction of display groups and recursive properties provides the display system with the ability to systematically replace content based on a combination of site attributes, customer interactions, content availability, flight segment blending, and the like.

定期地,在飛行期間,片段可解析至鼓勵顧客使 用系統之可顯示群組。一旦系統被觸碰,飛行模式即可被更改。一旦使用者進入瀏覽或搜尋狀態,飛行片段之解析度及呈現可侷限於具有適合於與瀏覽或搜尋畫面顯示共存之空間及持續時間之內容。舉例而言,基於設定,編輯性內容片段可被推遲,直至互動工作階段結束,但廣告性結果片段可呈現。在不同實例中,飛行可被中斷且僅在互動工作階段完成之後恢復,或飛行可停止且特別為在互動工作階段期間呈現而設計之新飛行可開始。在任何情況下,飛行可符合與上次組配時創建之場地之屬性一致的樣式。 Periodically, during the flight, the clips can be parsed to encourage customers to make Use the system to display groups. Once the system is touched, the flight mode can be changed. Once the user enters the browsing or search state, the resolution and presentation of the flight segments may be limited to content having a space and duration suitable for coexistence with browsing or search screen display. For example, based on the settings, the editorial content segments can be postponed until the end of the interactive session, but the ad-product segments can be rendered. In different instances, the flight may be interrupted and resumed only after the interactive work phase is completed, or the flight may be stopped and a new flight designed specifically for presentation during the interactive work phase may begin. In any case, the flight may conform to the style consistent with the attributes of the venue created at the time of the last match.

如上文所識別,對內容減少、個人化及/或特徵 之需要變得愈來愈重要,因為音樂集合之大小及多樣性增 長。瀏覽及搜尋特徵係本文中所描述的新自然3D使用者介面之部分。此使用者介面經設計以幫助顧客找到新音樂、重新找到遺忘之音樂、創建相關播放清單及/或其類似者。 新3D介面經設計為直觀、嵌合且娛樂性的。以下描述提供關於特定例示性實施例之互動3D視覺化技術之額外細節,該等技術允許使用者探索整個音樂空間、接收關於音樂之推薦、登入至社交網路網站且產生相關播放清單。此等描述係在上文所提及之例示性瀏覽及搜尋狀態之上下文中提供。 As identified above, for content reduction, personalization and/or features The need to become more and more important, because the size and diversity of music collections long. The Browse and Search feature is part of the new natural 3D user interface described in this article. This user interface is designed to help customers find new music, rediscover forgotten music, create related playlists and/or the like. The new 3D interface is designed to be intuitive, chimeric and entertaining. The following description provides additional details regarding the interactive 3D visualization techniques of certain exemplary embodiments that allow a user to explore the entire music space, receive recommendations for music, log into a social networking website, and generate relevant playlists. These descriptions are provided in the context of the exemplary browsing and search status mentioned above.

在瀏覽狀態下,使用者可按演出者、按專輯、按 歌曲標題或按內容類型來瀏覽音樂集合。關於探索音樂空間,專輯作品或封套已始終為本機內容瀏覽之部分。然而,瀏覽駐留於中央伺服器上之內容主要依賴於演出者名稱。 特定例示性實施例之介面可幫助統一本機內容及中央伺服器內容以及僅可自社交網路網站得到之內容,經由「僅播放」許可證(例如,在內容僅可自一源串流傳輸且不能在本端保存或保存在遠端伺服器上(可能有限音樂緩衝除外)之情況下)等。因此,在特定例示性實施例中,音樂探索可由演出者名稱與演出者作品之組合驅動。基於演出者及/或演出者作品之探索的組合係有利的,因為存在遠離顧客辨識專輯而改為將音樂與強烈商標或影像(例如,常常為演出者之影像,其幫助解釋演出者將其自身肖像放在其專輯封面上的愈來愈多出現)相關聯之趨勢。舉例而言,圖6根據一例示性實施例說明瀏覽給定演出者之音樂集合,且圖7根據 一例示性實施例說明按演出者及專輯瀏覽音樂集合。 In the browse state, the user can press the artist, press the album, press Browse song titles or browse music collections by content type. Regarding the exploration of music space, album works or envelopes have always been part of the local content browsing. However, browsing content residing on a central server relies primarily on the artist's name. The interface of the specific exemplary embodiment can help unify native content and central server content as well as content that can only be obtained from social networking websites, via a "play only" license (eg, content can only be streamed from one source) It cannot be saved or saved on the remote server (except for limited music buffer) on the local end. Thus, in certain exemplary embodiments, music exploration may be driven by a combination of artist name and artist work. A combination based on the exploration of the artist and/or the artist's work is advantageous because there is a change from the customer identification album to the music and a strong trademark or image (for example, often for the artist's image, which helps explain the performer's The trend of appearing more and more on the cover of their own albums. For example, FIG. 6 illustrates browsing a music collection for a given artist, according to an exemplary embodiment, and FIG. 7 is based on FIG. An exemplary embodiment illustrates browsing music collections by artist and album.

在圖6中,例如,使用者可向左或向右拖曳專輯 或畫面位置以「快速瀏覽(flip through)」不同專輯。圖6就其將特定演出者之音樂按專輯分類之意義而言更「傳統」。 在特定例示性實施例中,任何專輯可為直接可選擇的,而在特定其他例示性實施例中,僅中心專輯(其具有焦點)可為可選擇的。在任何情況下,向左或向右拖曳或撥動使專輯看上去好像該等專輯隨著接近中心而進入前景中且隨著該等專輯離開中心而隱藏於背景中。以此方式,可能模擬更加三維之外觀與風格,且在與使用者介面互動時提供更加浸沒之感覺。在特定例示性實施例中,類似專輯可彼此更接近地分組,而較不同之專輯可彼此更遠離之定位。在特定例示性實施例中,較新專輯可彼此更接近地分組及/或可最初在中心處提供。一般而言,特定鍵入及/或自實際或預測使用推斷之大體點唱機地點及/或使用者偏好可用以控制在圖6之例示性實施例中連續呈現的專輯之配置。新音樂最先、最熱門音樂最先、使用者、地點或「刺激」專輯最先、很少播放專輯最先及/或其類似者係可特定鍵入或自實際或預測使用推斷且另外可結合特定例示性實施例實施的所有顯示/配置範例。將瞭解,多個演出者之多個專輯可以類似圖6之單一配置呈現,其類似演出者及/或專輯被集中在一起(例如,基於相關聯於演出者、歌曲、專輯等的中繼資料或使用者標記)及/或根據上文所識別之點唱機地點及/或使用者特定參數而顯示。此外,將瞭解,一些形式之集 合可將集合之一個以上物件置放於虛擬平面系列之每一虛擬平面上。在特定例示性實施例中,種類類型可為指定或預界定的,且相關聯於專輯、歌曲、演出者、點唱機播放等的中繼資料可被參考,以使得點唱機之處理器能夠自動地產生待顯示之項目之次序及配置。 In Figure 6, for example, the user can drag the album left or right Or the screen position is "flip through" different albums. Figure 6 is more "traditional" in terms of classifying the music of a particular artist by album. In certain exemplary embodiments, any album may be directly selectable, while in certain other exemplary embodiments, only the center album (which has focus) may be selectable. In any case, dragging or swiping left or right makes the album look as if the albums are entering the foreground as they approach the center and are hidden in the background as the albums leave the center. In this way, it is possible to simulate a more three-dimensional look and feel and provide a more submerged feel when interacting with the user interface. In certain exemplary embodiments, similar albums may be grouped closer together, while different albums may be positioned further away from each other. In certain exemplary embodiments, newer albums may be grouped closer together and/or may be initially provided at the center. In general, a particular jukebox location and/or user preferences that are specifically typed and/or derived from actual or predicted usage may be used to control the configuration of the albums that are continuously presented in the illustrative embodiment of FIG. New music first, most popular music first, user, location or "stimulus" album first, rarely play album first and / or similar, can be specifically typed or inferred from actual or predictive use and can be combined All display/configuration examples implemented by certain exemplary embodiments. It will be appreciated that multiple albums of multiple performers may be presented in a single configuration similar to that of Figure 6, which is similar to the artist and/or album being grouped together (eg, based on relay material associated with the artist, song, album, etc.) Or the user is marked and/or displayed according to the jukebox location and/or user specific parameters identified above. In addition, you will understand that some forms of the collection More than one object of the collection can be placed on each virtual plane of the virtual plane series. In certain exemplary embodiments, the category type may be specified or predefined, and relay data associated with albums, songs, performers, jukebox playback, etc. may be referenced to enable the jukebox processor to automatically The order and configuration of the items to be displayed are generated.

在圖7中,每一演出者與表示演出者名稱及演出 者作品之3D物件相關聯。每一演出者物件可具有任何數目個專輯。與同一演出者有關之專輯形成滿足關係約束之群組。當演出者物件在3D場景中移動時,場景圖中之所有子代隨著演出者物件移動。約束關係係儲存於將在下文較詳細描述之被稱作場景圖之圖中。類似地,每一專輯可具有與之相關聯的任何數目個歌曲。在圖7之例示性實施例中,可上下地移動演出者以分別控制向內及向外移動,且可左右地移動專輯以控制圖7所示之洗牌式配置(card shuffle like arrangement)。所顯示之專輯可由於選擇演出者而更新,及/或反之亦然。此類集合觀察模式可更改作為每一歌曲、專輯、演出者、遊戲或內容源之代表呈現的影像、視訊片段及文字中之一或多者。在用於演出者之觀察模式的一個版本中,演出者名稱可以文字與不同於專輯封面的演出者之影像一起呈現。在一個例示性實施中,此影像可為近來已按標籤發佈之宣傳影像且定期更新。在特定例示性實施例中,集合檢視器可不提供不匹配足夠數目之使用者推薦性質之演出者,不管該演出者是否可經由裝置或網路服務得到。 In Figure 7, each artist and performer name and performance The 3D object of the work is associated. Each artist object can have any number of albums. The albums associated with the same performer form a group that satisfies the relationship constraints. When the artist object moves in the 3D scene, all the children in the scene graph move with the artist object. The constraint relationship is stored in a diagram called a scene graph, which will be described in more detail below. Similarly, each album can have any number of songs associated with it. In the exemplary embodiment of FIG. 7, the artist can be moved up and down to control inward and outward movement, respectively, and the album can be moved left and right to control the card shuffle like arrangement shown in FIG. The displayed album may be updated due to the selection of the artist, and/or vice versa. Such a collective viewing mode may change one or more of the images, video clips, and text presented as a representative of each song, album, artist, game, or content source. In one version of the viewer's viewing mode, the artist name may be presented with text along with an image of the artist different from the album cover. In an exemplary implementation, the image may be a promotional image that has recently been published by label and updated periodically. In certain exemplary embodiments, the collective viewer may not provide an artist that does not match a sufficient number of user-recommended features, whether or not the artist is available via a device or web service.

圖6及圖7中之例示性顯示可藉由將每一軸線映 射至音樂之特性來實現。舉例而言,一維、二維及三維顯示可使使用者能夠在不同方向上移動,其中每一軸線被映射至特性之資料集中之特定值,且所顯示項目(例如,專輯封套或其他識別符)係在使用者與顯示互動時更新。舉例而言,X軸、Y軸及Z軸可用於三維瀏覽體驗。另外,或在替代例(例如,針對2D瀏覽)中,可應用大小、顏色、模糊度及/或其他效果而具有類似效應。待顯示之每一元素可針對每一軸線被指派深度值。作為一個實例,專輯封套可按演出者、歌曲、專輯名稱等在第一軸線上按字母表順序顯示(其中字母表次序為第一深度值),而歌曲發行日期可在第二軸線上提供等(其中年份為第二深度值)。在此特定實例中,使用者可左右地移動以(沿著第一字母表次序深度值)在演出者或專輯之第一字母配置之間捲動,而使用者可移入或移除以(沿著第二年份深度值)在時間上向前或向後移動,例如以提供時間依賴歌曲或專輯發行日期等之感覺。此可幫助創建經安排時間瀏覽體驗之感覺。 The exemplary display in Figures 6 and 7 can be achieved by mapping each axis Shoot to the characteristics of music to achieve. For example, 1D, 2D, and 3D displays allow the user to move in different directions, where each axis is mapped to a specific value in the data set of the feature, and the displayed item (eg, album envelope or other identification) () is updated when the user interacts with the display. For example, the X-axis, Y-axis, and Z-axis can be used for a three-dimensional browsing experience. Additionally, or in alternatives (eg, for 2D browsing), size, color, blur, and/or other effects may be applied with similar effects. Each element to be displayed can be assigned a depth value for each axis. As an example, the album envelope may be displayed in alphabetical order on the first axis by artist, song, album name, etc. (where the alphabet order is the first depth value), and the song release date may be provided on the second axis, etc. (where the year is the second depth value). In this particular example, the user can move left and right to scroll (between the first alphabetic order depth value) between the first letter configuration of the artist or album, and the user can move in or remove to The second year depth value is moved forward or backward in time, for example to provide a sense of time dependent song or album release date. This helps create the feeling of a scheduled time browsing experience.

當然,將瞭解,亦可使用其他特性,諸如每分鐘 節拍、內容類型等。亦將瞭解,深度值實際上可為數字(例如,如在關於發行日期之情況下)、可結合數值來表示(例如,針對名稱)或實際上離散的(例如,針對內容類型)。對於離散值,可做出離散選擇。然而,即使類似離散值之內容類型亦可以連續體表示,因為饒舌及嘻哈可被視為與(例如)鄉村或柴迪科(zydeco)相比彼此較接近。 Of course, you will know that other features can also be used, such as every minute. Beats, content types, etc. It will also be appreciated that the depth value may actually be a number (eg, as in the case of a release date), may be expressed in conjunction with a numerical value (eg, for a name), or may be discrete (eg, for a content type). For discrete values, discrete selections can be made. However, even content types like discrete values can be represented in continuum, as rap and hip hop can be considered closer to each other than, for example, a country or zydeco.

用以指派深度值之特性可作為中繼資料(例如) 自外部提供者獲得、自社交網路網站收集(例如,藉由檢查經辨識的點唱機使用者之偏好、「我的最愛」、「頁面」等,及向外擴展搜尋至使用者之朋友之偏好,直至預定數目之程度)、基於一或多個點唱機之使用而開發等。原始中繼資料可儲存於資料庫或其他合適之非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體中。中繼資料可直接併入至音樂目錄中,至原始中繼資料源之連結或具有深度值之外部資料結構可併入至音樂目錄中或由點唱機在對應顯示請求後等存取。在下文提供關於可能中繼資料源之其他資訊。 The feature used to assign depth values can be used as relay data (for example) Obtained from external providers and collected from social networking sites (for example, by checking the preferences of identified jukebox users, "My Favorites", "Pages", etc., and expanding the search to friends of users) Preference, up to a predetermined number), development based on the use of one or more jukeboxes, and the like. The raw relay data can be stored in a database or other suitable non-transitory computer readable storage medium. The relay material can be directly incorporated into the music catalog, and the link to the original relay data source or the external data structure with the depth value can be incorporated into the music catalog or accessed by the jukebox after the corresponding display request. Additional information about possible relay sources is provided below.

在特定例示性實施例中,一點唱機裝置包含:一 顯示器;一非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之複數個媒體實例;以及至少一處理器,其經組配以使一使用者介面顯示於該顯示器上且經進一步組配以回應至該使用者介面之輸入。該使用者介面包含一顯示區域,其包括界定一座標空間之虛擬軸線,個別歌曲、演出者及/或專輯項目將在該座標空間中顯示。每一個別歌曲、演出者及/或專輯項目具有與之相關聯的複數個特性,每一該軸線與該等特性中之一者相關聯,使得每一個別歌曲、演出者及/或專輯項目在座標空間中具有經界定位置。該顯示區域可回應於對應於在座標空間內之移動之使用者輸入而更新。在不同實施例中,座標空間可為二維的、三維的、實質上線性的等。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, the one-shot player includes: a display; a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing a plurality of media instances operable on or via the jukebox device; and at least one processor configured to cause a user The interface is displayed on the display and further configured to respond to input to the user interface. The user interface includes a display area that includes a virtual axis defining a landmark space in which individual songs, performers, and/or album items will be displayed. Each individual song, artist, and/or album item has a plurality of characteristics associated therewith, each of which is associated with one of the attributes such that each individual song, artist, and/or album item There is a defined position in the coordinate space. The display area can be updated in response to user input corresponding to movement within the coordinate space. In various embodiments, the coordinate space can be two dimensional, three dimensional, substantially linear, and the like.

在特定實施中,項目係沿著第一軸線按字母表順 序配置且沿著第二軸線按年代順序配置。在特定實施中,與項目相關聯之發行日期判定項目沿著第二軸線之定位。一個該軸線之離散區域可針對離散內容類型之預界定配置指定,且離散內容類型之預界定配置可分解為離散子內容類型之預定子配置。離散內容類型可經分組,以使得基於離散內容類型之間的相似性之程度,使得與離散內容類型相比,類似內容類型係彼此相對更接近地提供。在特定例示性實施例中,元素可基於風行度沿著一個軸線分組。 In a particular implementation, the project is alphabetized along the first axis. Arranged and arranged in chronological order along the second axis. In a particular implementation, the release date associated with the project determines the location of the item along the second axis. A discrete region of the axis can be specified for a predefined configuration of discrete content types, and a predefined configuration of discrete content types can be decomposed into a predetermined sub-configuration of discrete sub-content types. Discrete content types can be grouped such that based on the degree of similarity between discrete content types, similar content types are provided relatively closer to one another than discrete content types. In certain exemplary embodiments, the elements may be grouped along an axis based on the degree of wind.

歌曲項目可為可選擇的,以便觸發歌曲項目之播放、顯示使使用者能夠確認所選歌曲將播放之快顯畫面等。在偵測專輯或演出者選擇後,座標空間內之移動可隨即產生,以使得所選項目居於座標空間中心。 The song item can be selectable to trigger the playback of the song item, display a quick display that allows the user to confirm that the selected song will be played, and the like. After detecting an album or artist selection, movement within the coordinate space can be generated so that the selected item resides in the center of the coordinate space.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 A method of making and/or using such a jukebox device can also be provided as a non-transitory computer readable storage medium tangibly storing instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

類似地,具有含有每一演出者、專輯及歌曲標題的使用者之集合或自動產生之描述性字詞或「標記」之資料庫可使特定例示性實施例以一有趣方式在視覺上表示音樂集合。舉例而言,圖8a根據一例示性實施例說明與「演出者6」相關聯之八(8)個實例標記之集合。每當使用者按住諸如演出者作品(例如,在圖6中或在圖7中)之音樂物件不放時,可顯示專輯作品或歌曲標題標籤歷時大於預界定臨限 值之時間段,例如,如圖8a所示。 Similarly, a collection of users with each artist, album, and song title or automatically generated descriptive words or "tags" can cause a particular illustrative embodiment to visually represent music in a fun way. set. For example, Figure 8a illustrates a collection of eight (8) instance tags associated with "Artist 6" in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. Whenever a user presses a music object such as an artist's work (eg, in FIG. 6 or in FIG. 7), the album artwork or song title tag may be displayed for a duration greater than a predefined threshold. The time period of the value, for example, as shown in Figure 8a.

每一標記可由浮動物件中之一者來表示。在特定例示性實施例中,浮動物件之大小可對應於標記之權重。權重可表示該字詞對該音樂物件之重要或相關程度。加權可藉由諸如授權使用者之源來判定、基於使用者規定標記之彙總、平衡諸如內容類型、發行日期、使用者規定資訊等之因素的預界定公式。標記可基於有多少人已經以特定方式標記一項目、受信任中繼資料源如何使其被標記等。 Each marker can be represented by one of the floating objects. In certain exemplary embodiments, the size of the floating object may correspond to the weight of the indicia. The weight can indicate how important or relevant the word is to the musical object. The weighting can be determined by a source such as an authorized user, based on a summary of user-defined tokens, balancing pre-defined formulas such as content type, date of issue, user-specified information, and the like. The tag can be based on how many people have tagged an item in a particular way, how the trusted relay material source is marked, and so on.

在特定例示性實施例中,在一個浮動物件上按一下可顯示共用相同標記之更多音樂物件。所得集合可通過所選標記來表示類似演出者、專輯或歌曲。舉例而言,在圖8a中之標記3上按一下可呈現使用圖6中所描繪之使用者介面按標記3篩選的演出者之集合。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, clicking on a floating object displays more musical objects that share the same indicia. The resulting collection can represent a similar artist, album, or song by the selected tag. For example, clicking on the indicia 3 in Figure 8a presents a collection of performers selected by the user interface as depicted in Figure 6 by indicia 3.

圖8b為根據一例示性實施例的用以在點唱機顯示器上建構實例音樂地圖之線框。其中,圖8b畫面表示根據上文所描述之顯示技術的「顯影儀」顯示。在圖8b實例中,主要區域提供使用者可互動之三維區域。項目係根據上文所描述之技術來配置及顯示。概觀區域802為使用者提供關於顯示如何基於較大顯示(例如,內容類型內之元素(爵士、搖滾及流行音樂))來組織、該等元素如何具有相對大小及位置、該等內容類型如何相對於彼此相關或組織等的直觀感覺。此等節點800可為使用者可選擇的以便橫跨內容、演出者、專輯等,且該等節點可基於標記來設定大小,例如,如上所述。「節點歷史」區段804提供與使用者之移動(且 因此暗示之搜尋方法)有關的搜尋歷史且實現快速調回至整體音樂地圖內之位置。階層連結(breadcrumb)806可顯示較集中之路徑,而非訪問過的所有節點之較詳細周遊,例如,如在節點歷史區段804中。 Figure 8b is a wireframe for constructing an example music map on a jukebox display, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. Here, the screen of Fig. 8b shows the "developer" display according to the display technique described above. In the example of Figure 8b, the primary area provides a three-dimensional area that the user can interact with. The project is configured and displayed in accordance with the techniques described above. The overview area 802 provides the user with information about how the display is organized based on a larger display (eg, elements within the content type (Jazz, Rock, and Pop)), how the elements have relative sizes and locations, and how the content types are relative Intuitive feelings related to each other or organization. Such nodes 800 can be user selectable to span content, performers, albums, etc., and the nodes can be sized based on the indicia, for example, as described above. The "Node History" section 804 provides movement to the user (and The implied search method is therefore related to the search history and is quickly reconciled to the location within the overall music map. The hierarchical link 806 can display a more concentrated path than a more detailed tour of all visited nodes, for example, as in the node history section 804.

圖8b所示之例示性線框包括其他元素,諸如,指 示建立之名稱之前端項目(leader)808、主要廣告排行榜810、當前播放之歌曲之指示812、當前登入之使用者之指示814及使用者之「設定清單」806。在下文提供關於設定清單之其他細節。亦提供基於文字之搜尋區域818,其為用於使使用者能夠選擇不同集合及/或分類不同所選集合之多區域半圓形顯示。 The exemplary wireframe shown in Figure 8b includes other elements, such as The name of the established leader 808, the primary advertisement leaderboard 810, the currently displayed song indication 812, the currently logged-in user indication 814, and the user's "setting list" 806. Additional details regarding the list of settings are provided below. A text-based search area 818 is also provided, which is a multi-region semi-circular display for enabling a user to select different sets and/or classify different selected sets.

什麼媒體將被顯示及此媒體將如何顯示之問題已在上文部分地提出。然而,在下文將提供更完整描述。關於前一問題,在特定例示性實施例中,地點特定包括準則可為規定的且與歌曲中繼資料匹配,以便界定位置之「粗略」主清單。在特定例示性實施例中,特定特定主清單可基於相關聯於經辨識使用者的中繼資料及/或基於隨時間之點唱機使用加以「改進」。最後,地點特定主清單(已經或未用經辨識使用者資訊改進)可被自訂界定事件(例如,迪斯科或其他主題夜、私人派對等)完全或部分地超越。 The question of what media will be displayed and how this media will be displayed has been raised in part above. However, a more complete description will be provided below. Regarding the previous question, in certain exemplary embodiments, the location specific inclusion criteria may be specified and matched to the song relay data to define a "coarse" master list of locations. In certain exemplary embodiments, a particular particular master list may be "improved" based on relay data associated with the identified user and/or based on the use of the jukebox over time. Finally, the location-specific master list (with or without the identified user information improvements) can be completely or partially overridden by custom defined events (eg, disco or other theme nights, private parties, etc.).

關於媒體將如何顯示的後一問題,將瞭解,特定例示性實施例之重點演進為離開專輯作品及朝向相關聯於個別歌曲或歌曲之群組且通常相關聯於演出者或演出者之肖像的「較鮮明」識別或印記。在任何情況下,「粗略」排 序可基於地點特定準則,諸如,最新音樂最先、Billboard之最熱門音樂最先、地點處之最熱門最後等。同上,在特定例示性實施例中,此資訊可基於相關聯於經辨識使用者的中繼資料及/或基於隨時間之點唱機使用率加以「改進」。舉例而言,準則可為新音樂最先、流行音樂最後、朋友(及朋友之朋友等)播放、收聽或評價高的音樂最先、MySpace上播放最多的音樂最先等。且同上,亦可提供超越事件參數(例如,以將重點放在新音樂、獨立演出者、80s hair bands上等)。 With regard to the latter question of how the media will be displayed, it will be appreciated that the focus of certain exemplary embodiments evolves to leave the album work and toward the group associated with the individual song or song and is typically associated with the portrait of the performer or performer. "clear" identification or imprint. In any case, "rough" row The order can be based on location-specific criteria, such as the latest music first, the most popular music on Billboard, the hottest last place, and so on. As above, in certain exemplary embodiments, this information may be "improved" based on relay data associated with the identified user and/or based on jukebox usage over time. For example, the criteria can be the first for new music, the last pop music, friends (and friends of friends, etc.) to play, listen to or rate the highest music, and the most played music on MySpace. As above, parameters beyond the event can also be provided (for example, to focus on new music, independent performers, 80s ear bands, etc.).

圖9為說明根據一例示性實施例的可使自訂瀏覽 狀態及其他特徵能夠實施的一個配置之方塊圖。在圖9中,點唱機902連接至儲存內容之本機資料庫904。在特定例示性實施例中,此本機資料庫904可整合至點唱機902中。點唱機902本身提供使用者工作階段且至少最初接收關於地點之設定檔的資訊。地點之設定檔資訊最終可上傳至點唱機902所連接至的中央伺服器906。中央伺服器906又可操作地連接至媒體之集中式資料庫908,且該集中式資料庫可儲存標記、中繼資料、使用者設定檔及/或其他資訊。如圖9所示,點唱機902直接連接至諸如MySpace、Facebook、Last.fm及/或其類似者的社交網路910。此等社交網路中之每一者可維持其自身之標記、中繼資料、使用者設定檔、事件及/或其他資訊。中間軟體組件(未圖示)可幫助點唱機與社交網路網站及其相關聯資訊介接(例如,以搜尋、擷取、更新及/或以其他方式操縱資料)。在特定例示性實施例 中,點唱機902可不直接連接至社交網路910,且在特定例示性實施例中,中央伺服器906可充當至社交網路910之閘道器。此配置在特定例示性實施中可為有利的,因為中央伺服器906可充當緩衝器或實際上社交網路網站910與點唱機902之間的防火牆。此配置在特定例示性實施中亦可為有利的,因為自社交網路網站910擷取之資料可具有至多個點唱機之潛在值(例如,在更廣泛點唱機系統中),且可需要在中央伺服器906上儲存及處理此資訊以減少個別點唱機上之負擔,尤其可共用在共同資訊之情況下。 FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating a customizable browsing according to an exemplary embodiment. A block diagram of a configuration that states and other features can be implemented. In Figure 9, the jukebox 902 is coupled to a native repository 904 that stores content. In a particular exemplary embodiment, this native repository 904 can be integrated into the jukebox 902. The jukebox 902 itself provides the user's work phase and at least initially receives information about the location profile. The location profile information can ultimately be uploaded to the central server 906 to which the jukebox 902 is connected. The central server 906 is in turn operatively coupled to the centralized repository 908 of the media, and the centralized repository can store tags, relays, user profiles, and/or other information. As shown in FIG. 9, the jukebox 902 is directly connected to a social network 910 such as MySpace, Facebook, Last.fm, and/or the like. Each of these social networks can maintain its own markup, relay data, user profiles, events, and/or other information. An intermediate software component (not shown) can help the jukebox interface with social networking websites and their associated information (eg, to search, retrieve, update, and/or otherwise manipulate data). In a specific illustrative embodiment The jukebox 902 may not be directly connected to the social network 910, and in certain exemplary embodiments, the central server 906 may act as a gateway to the social network 910. This configuration may be advantageous in certain exemplary implementations because the central server 906 can act as a buffer or indeed a firewall between the social networking website 910 and the jukebox 902. This configuration may also be advantageous in certain exemplary implementations, as the material retrieved from the social networking website 910 may have potential values to multiple jukeboxes (eg, in a wider jukebox system) and may be required The central server 906 stores and processes this information to reduce the burden on individual jukeboxes, especially in the case of common information.

在特定例示性實施例中,提供向使用者推薦歌曲 之方法。該方法可包含:使一使用者能夠登入一點唱機裝置;基於該使用者之社交網路網站設定檔來判定使用者之音樂偏好,該社交網路網站設定檔識別至少一演出者、歌曲及/或內容類型;將該使用者之經判定音樂偏好提供給一推薦引擎以產生至少一推薦;以及在該點唱機裝置上將該推薦提供給該使用者。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, providing a recommendation to a user The method. The method can include: enabling a user to log in to a player device; determining a user's music preferences based on the user's social network website profile, the social network site profile identifying at least one artist, song, and/or Or a content type; providing the determined music preference of the user to a recommendation engine to generate at least one recommendation; and providing the recommendation to the user on the jukebox device.

在特定例示性實施例中,可基於該使用者之朋友 之社交網路網站設定檔來判定該使用者之該等朋友之音樂偏好,且可將該使用者之該等朋友之經判定音樂偏好提供給該推薦引擎以產生至少一推薦。判定音樂偏好在預定數目之分離程度(例如,1、2等)內可擴展至該使用者之朋友及朋友之朋友,且可將該等擴展判定提供給該推薦引擎以產生至少一推薦。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, based on the friend of the user The social network website profile determines the music preferences of the friends of the user, and the determined music preferences of the friends of the user can be provided to the recommendation engine to generate at least one recommendation. The music preference is determined to be extendable to a friend of friends and friends of the user within a predetermined number of degrees of separation (eg, 1, 2, etc.) and the extension decision can be provided to the recommendation engine to generate at least one recommendation.

對應於點唱機裝置定位所在之地點的設定檔資 訊亦可在產生至少一推薦中使用。此設定檔資訊可維持在(例如)一中央伺服器上,且類似地,該中央伺服器之至少一處理器可幫助經由提供至其之一社交網路介面來判定音樂偏好資料。在特定實例實施例中,複數個社交網路網站可被參考以判定使用者之音樂偏好,其中每一該社交網路網站具有使用者之相關聯社交網路網站設定檔。 Corresponding to the location of the location where the jukebox device is located The news can also be used in generating at least one recommendation. This profile information can be maintained, for example, on a central server, and similarly, at least one processor of the central server can help determine music preference profiles via one of the social networking interfaces provided to it. In a particular example embodiment, a plurality of social networking websites may be referenced to determine a user's music preferences, wherein each of the social networking websites has a user's associated social networking website profile.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方 法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 It can also provide the means to manufacture and / or use these jukebox devices. Method, which is a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that tangibly stores instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

具有基於其他媒體消費者之收聽行為之合作篩 選引擎及如上所述之標記系統可允許特定例示性實施例在三維空間中表示推薦之媒體集合。合作篩選引擎的一個問題為需要相當大量之資料來提供良好推薦。對於新媒體或具有很少消費者之媒體,習知引擎通常不能產生良好推薦。特定例示性實施例藉由根據已應用於媒體之標記之相似性來推薦媒體來解決此等缺點。 Collaborative screen based on listening behavior of other media consumers The selection engine and the marking system as described above may allow a particular illustrative embodiment to represent a recommended collection of media in three dimensions. One problem with collaborative screening engines is that they require a fair amount of information to provide good recommendations. For new media or media with few consumers, the familiar engine usually does not produce good recommendations. Certain exemplary embodiments address these shortcomings by recommending media based on the similarity of the tags that have been applied to the media.

圖10根據一例示性實施例展示推薦歌曲集合之 3D視覺化。接近歌曲物件1之歌曲物件2、3、4、5、6、7、10表示以下範例:收聽歌曲(A)之客戶亦收聽(或可能收聽)歌曲(B)。在特定例示性實施例中,可引入大小尺寸(size dimension),其中較大物件表示較頻繁播放或另外受歡迎之歌曲。當使用者在「產生播放清單(Generate Playlist)」或類 似按鈕上按一下時,使用者可選擇推薦集合中之兩個「末端」歌曲物件。此可提示系統產生穿過該集合的將最接近歌曲物件連接在一起之路徑。可使用(例如)合適演算法(諸如,先搜尋幅度、先搜尋深度、Bellman-Ford、Dykstra等)來完成此動作。在本發明之不同實施例中,可向使用者呈現所得播放清單以用於核準、修改、拒絕等。在特定例示性實施例中,歌曲可對應於圖中之節點,而歌曲之大小可表示鄰近節點之間或至中心節點的權重或距離。當然,可將相同或類似技術用於演出者、專輯、內容類型及/或其類似者。 FIG. 10 shows a set of recommended songs according to an exemplary embodiment. 3D visualization. The song objects 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10 close to the song object 1 represent the following example: the client listening to the song (A) also listens (or possibly listens) to the song (B). In certain exemplary embodiments, a size dimension may be introduced, with larger objects representing songs that are played more frequently or otherwise popular. When the user is in the "Generate Playlist" or class When the button is clicked, the user can select two "end" song objects in the recommendation set. This can prompt the system to generate a path through the set that connects the closest song objects together. This can be done using, for example, a suitable algorithm (such as first searching for amplitude, first searching depth, Bellman-Ford, Dykstra, etc.). In various embodiments of the invention, the resulting playlist may be presented to the user for approval, modification, rejection, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, a song may correspond to a node in the graph, and the size of the song may represent a weight or distance between adjacent nodes or to a central node. Of course, the same or similar techniques can be used for the artist, album, content type, and/or the like.

一旦使用者經識別,系統即提供個人之音樂偏好 及吸引力之進行中應用及/或追蹤。舉例而言,特定例示性實施例可提供經由聚集個人之明確選擇、基於中繼資料之關聯、社交網路建議指示符及/或其類似者產生的演出者及歌曲推薦。隨著音樂品味改變,系統可維持個人之「核心」吸引力之清單。此等核心吸引力可為演出者、類似於特定演出者之演出者、歌曲、類似於特定歌曲之歌曲、另外一或多個個人之音樂選擇(例如,可自一或多個社交網路音樂網站得到)、來自使用者識別之音樂網站之推薦演出者或推薦歌曲等。在特定例示性例子中,來自使用者之音樂品味網站之任何匹配及可自裝置或自提供音樂目錄之一或多個伺服器得到之音樂目錄可產生音樂之子集,從而呈現具有匹配的使用者目標、使用者中繼資料、使用者社交網路朋友推薦及使用者音樂網站推薦之材料。如下文將進一步描 述,可比較此音樂與在給定網站可得到之音樂程式庫,且可呈現此等兩個群組之重疊以供使用者選擇。 Once the user is identified, the system provides personal music preferences And ongoing in-use applications and/or tracking. For example, certain exemplary embodiments may provide artist and song recommendations generated by a clear selection of aggregated individuals, based on relay data associations, social network suggestion indicators, and/or the like. As the taste of music changes, the system maintains a list of the "core" attractions of individuals. These core attractions may be for the artist, a performer similar to a particular artist, a song, a song similar to a particular song, and one or more individual music choices (eg, one or more social network music) The website gets), the recommended artist or recommended song from the user-recognized music website. In a particular illustrative example, any match from a user's music taste website and a music catalog that may be obtained from one or more of the provided music catalogs may generate a subset of the music to present a matching user. Target, user relay data, user social network friend recommendations, and materials recommended by the user's music website. As described further below As described, the music can be compared to a library of music libraries available on a given website, and the overlap of the two groups can be presented for the user to select.

現將提供例示性搜尋狀態之其他細節。通常可起 始一搜尋以使一使用者能夠找到使用者可能播放或添加至集合的歌曲之清單或單一歌曲。經常地,使用者不知道演出者、專輯或歌曲之正確拼寫。或使用者可能知道特定演出者之名字,但未必知道錄有演出者之特定歌曲之準確群體或樂隊。此外,使用者經常記住歌曲之特定歌詞,但未必記住歌曲標題本身。作為又一另外實例,歌曲可由於其與電影或電視節目之關聯而令人難忘。此資訊很難在產生集中在提供圍繞音樂之使用、音樂之風行度、音樂之歌曲、音樂之創造所涉及之演出者、作品之重要表演及許多其他音樂相關資料的額外細節之娛樂網站之前獲得。使用本文中所描述之技術之搜尋可幫助克服此等及/或其他挑戰。 Additional details of the exemplary search status will now be provided. Usually available A search is initiated to enable a user to find a list or single song of songs that the user may play or add to the collection. Often, the user does not know the correct spelling of the artist, album or song. Or the user may know the name of a particular artist, but may not know the exact group or band of the particular song recorded by the performer. In addition, the user often remembers the specific lyrics of the song, but does not necessarily remember the song title itself. As yet another additional example, a song may be memorable due to its association with a movie or television show. This information is difficult to obtain before the entertainment website that provides additional details about the use of music, the popularity of music, the songs of music, the creation of music, the important performances of works, and many other music-related materials. . Searching using the techniques described herein can help overcome these and/or other challenges.

為了完成此類型之搜尋,可自多種源收集演出者 及歌曲相關的中繼資料。可搜尋準則可包括歌曲內容類型、特定源在特定時間框內之風行度(高排名或高頻率風格)等。使用者可選擇歌曲準則(例如,「國家」)、時間框(例如,「日」)及源(例如,在「MySpace」上聽到)。限定詞可作為提供每一選擇準則之選擇的可選選擇按鈕而出現。 To complete this type of search, you can collect artists from a variety of sources. And relay related data. The searchable criteria may include the type of song content, the popularity of a particular source within a particular time frame (high ranking or high frequency style), and the like. The user can select a song criterion (eg, "Country"), a time frame (eg, "Day"), and a source (eg, heard on "MySpace"). The qualifier can appear as an optional selection button that provides a choice of each selection criterion.

隨著音樂資訊之公眾源變得可用,中繼資料收集 系統可幫助提供相關源以用於資料攝取。舉例而言,使用者可能夠識別其音樂樣式,例如,藉由利用與該等音樂樣式有關之源及社交資料。實例音樂樣式搜尋工具可提供廣 泛多種源,以及極粒性之內容類型及子內容類型選擇及/或其他音樂屬性。舉例而言,關於歌曲之其他資料可由外部服務(例如,標題、演出者、專輯、標籤、內容類型、主題等)提供,或可自媒體實例本身(例如,節奏或每分鐘節拍、樂器等)判定。 As the public source of music information becomes available, relay data collection The system can help provide relevant sources for data ingestion. For example, a user may be able to identify their musical style, for example, by utilizing sources and social materials related to the musical styles. Example music style search tools are available A variety of sources, as well as extremely granular content types and sub-content type selections and/or other music attributes. For example, other material about the song may be provided by an external service (eg, title, artist, album, tag, content type, theme, etc.), or may be from the media instance itself (eg, rhythm or beats per minute, musical instrument, etc.) determination.

圖11至圖14根據一例示性實施例說明可如何搜 尋媒體。詳言之,圖11為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何巡覽物件之例示性畫面。圖11中之物件係由三角形表示,且該等物件可對應於演出者、專輯、主題、內容類型、歌曲等之個別者或集合。物件呈現之次序可如上文所規定地判定。使用者可藉由向上或向下撥動以「放大或縮小」而以似3D之方式巡覽該等集合。按住特定物件不放或拖曳特定物件至空白區域可指示選擇。 11 through 14 illustrate how can be searched according to an exemplary embodiment Looking for media. In particular, Figure 11 is an illustrative screen showing how an item can be viewed, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. The objects in Figure 11 are represented by triangles, and the objects may correspond to individual or collection of artist, album, subject, content type, song, and the like. The order in which the items are presented can be determined as specified above. The user can navigate through the collections in a 3D manner by swiping up or down to "zoom in or out". Press and hold a specific object to hold or drag a specific object to a blank area to indicate the selection.

就此而言,圖12為根據一例示性實施例的展示在 選擇後可如何擴展物件之例示性畫面。舉例而言,一旦物件經選擇,該物件即可「分解」以展現於所選物件相關聯之歌曲。此可包括(例如)針對使用者、事件及/或場地推薦之歌曲。與相關聯於媒體實例本身的中繼資料及/或標記相比,推薦可基於地點及使用者特定中繼資料之組合,以及任何相關事件資訊。 In this regard, FIG. 12 is shown in an exemplary embodiment in accordance with an exemplary embodiment. An example of how to extend an object after selection. For example, once an object is selected, the object can be "decomposed" to reveal the song associated with the selected object. This may include, for example, songs recommended for users, events, and/or venues. The recommendation may be based on a combination of location and user specific relay data, as well as any relevant event information, as compared to the relay material and/or tag associated with the media instance itself.

圖13為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何巡覽 物件之另一例示性畫面。在圖13中,使用者可旋轉滾輪以規定(例如)該等物件是否表示演出者、內容類型或歌曲;媒體實例是否將與經辨識使用者之朋友相關聯及與哪個朋友 相關聯(若相關聯)等。大體而言,此模式選擇動作更改將呈現為物件之集合。舉例而言,在特定例示性例子中,演出者之模式選擇可用一系列演出者物件虛擬痛苦(例如,全部經歷偏好篩選)來替換一系列專輯物件虛擬痛苦。在圖13之情況下,該等物件表示內容類型,該等內容類型係由經辨識使用者之朋友的內容類型限制,且該特定朋友為Sally。 因而,擷取Sally之內容類型。然而,僅滿足場地選擇及事件參數之彼等內容類型呈現在音樂裝置或音樂裝置伺服器等上、可用於擴展(例如,如上文所解釋)。圖13實例亦使使用者能夠鍵入字詞片段(例如,歌曲名稱、內容類型名稱、歌詞等)以減少建議播放之歌曲。除圖14為根據一例示性實施例的展示使用者可如何鍵入歌詞以減小建議播放之歌曲之數目之例示性畫面外,圖14類似於圖13。 FIG. 13 is a diagram showing how a tour can be performed, according to an exemplary embodiment. Another illustrative picture of an object. In Figure 13, the user can rotate the scroll wheel to specify, for example, whether the objects represent the artist, content type or song; whether the media instance will be associated with the friend of the identified user and with which friend Associated (if associated), etc. In general, this mode selection action change will be rendered as a collection of objects. For example, in certain illustrative examples, the artist's mode selection may replace a series of album object virtual pains with a series of artist object virtual pains (eg, full experience preference screening). In the case of Figure 13, the objects represent content types that are limited by the type of content of the friend of the identified user, and that particular friend is Sally. Thus, the content type of Sally is taken. However, only those content types that satisfy the venue selection and event parameters are presented on a music device or music device server or the like, and can be used for extension (eg, as explained above). The example of Figure 13 also enables the user to type in word segments (e.g., song name, content type name, lyrics, etc.) to reduce the songs suggested for play. 14 is similar to FIG. 13 except that FIG. 14 is an illustrative screen showing how a user can type lyrics to reduce the number of songs that are suggested to be played, in accordance with an exemplary embodiment.

若使用者僅搜尋歌曲,則呈現在音樂裝置或可自音樂裝置得到之歌曲可如下所述地自全部音樂之域減少:伺服器上之可得性、音樂裝置上之可得性、存在於場地音樂樣式群組中,接著可選地,此使用者可用之所有音樂或記錄在我的設定檔上的來自我的音樂樣式(Music Style)之音樂。圖15為根據一例示性實施例的展示可如何選擇歌曲以向使用者呈現之示意表示。在圖15之實例配置中,自最大球體開始且向內移動,集合包括所有音樂、伺服器上之音樂、音樂播放裝置上之音樂、場地之音樂樣式中之音樂、場地之特定事件樣式中之音樂及使用者之系統中之音樂。此方案或一類似方案亦可用於瀏覽及/或點唱機之其他特 徵。舉例而言,將瞭解,在本發明之不同實施例中,可以不同次序來限制音樂,不可應用限制性球體中之一些,可應用不同限制性球體等。 If the user only searches for songs, the songs presented to the music device or available from the music device can be reduced from all fields of music as follows: availability on the server, availability on the music device, presence in In the venue music style group, then optionally, all the music available to the user or the music from my music style recorded on my profile. 15 is a schematic representation showing how songs may be selected for presentation to a user, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. In the example configuration of Figure 15, starting from the largest sphere and moving inward, the collection includes all music, music on the server, music on the music player, music in the venue's music style, and venue-specific event styles. Music in the music and user systems. This or a similar solution can also be used for browsing and/or other specials of the jukebox. Sign. For example, it will be appreciated that in various embodiments of the invention, music may be restricted in a different order, some of the restrictive spheres may not be applied, different restrictive spheres, etc. may be applied.

圖16為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於基於特 定特定包括準則及實際點唱機使用來判定哪一內容應可用於在點唱機上播放之實例程序之流程圖。在步驟S1602中,最初將所有音樂提供至點唱機。舉例而言,來自中央伺服器及/或本機伺服器之媒體實例至少最初係可用的。在步驟S1604中,接著由授權人員(諸如,酒吧管理者等)來規定包括準則。在包括準則不可與其他位置相關之意義上,包括準則可為地點特定的。舉例而言,授權人員可規定包括一或多個內容類型、加上Billboard前100名、加上與五個朋友相關聯之媒體的包括準則。一旦包括準則已規定,在步驟S1606中,即應用試探法以判定用於呈現在點唱機上之適當音樂。試探法可建置用於播放之可接受媒體之「地圖」。在特定例示性實施例中,試探法可操作,以使得每一歌曲被指派其可能希望在一地點播放之可能性,且每一可能性可具有與之相關聯的信賴等級。特定例示性實施之第一規則為,若關於是否應包括或移除給去有疑問,則應包括歌曲。 在特定例示性實施例中,此可意味,若包括之可能性滿足或超過預定臨限值或信賴等級等於或低於特定臨限值,則應包括歌曲。特定實例實施之第二規則為,若歌曲降到包括之特定可能性以及特定信賴度之下,則應移除該等歌曲。由於獲取愈來愈多之資料,故可隨時間調整比例尺。 換言之,由於獲取愈來愈多之資料,故可減少對信賴度之要求。特定例示性實施例之目標為避免提供顧客未連結至的歌曲,雖然此並非總是可能的,因為顧客之決策係完全可預測的。在步驟S1608中,在任何情況下,在適當時間顯示適當音樂,例如,作為搜尋、瀏覽等之結果。系統可基於隨時間之點唱機使用來監視試探法地圖之變化(在步驟S1610中)且(例如)藉由返回步驟S1606來相應地更新映射。 將瞭解,系統可隨時間而變得「更智慧」或「學習」,例如,隨愈來愈多的資料被輸入。 FIG. 16 is a diagram for illustrating a feature based on an exemplary embodiment. A specific flow chart that includes criteria and actual jukebox use to determine which content should be available for use on a jukebox. In step S1602, all music is initially provided to the jukebox. For example, media instances from a central server and/or a local server are at least initially available. In step S1604, the inclusion criteria are then specified by an authorized person such as a bar manager or the like. Insofar as the inclusion criteria are not relevant to other locations, the criteria may be location specific. For example, an authorized person may specify inclusion criteria including one or more content types, plus the top 100 of the Billboard, plus media associated with the five friends. Once the inclusion criteria have been specified, in step S1606, heuristics are applied to determine the appropriate music for presentation on the jukebox. The heuristics establish a "map" of acceptable media for playback. In certain exemplary embodiments, the heuristics are operable such that each song is assigned a likelihood that it may wish to play at a location, and each likelihood may have a level of trust associated with it. The first rule of a particular exemplary implementation is to include a song if there is a question as to whether it should be included or removed. In certain exemplary embodiments, this may mean that a song should be included if the likelihood of inclusion meets or exceeds a predetermined threshold or the level of trust is equal to or below a certain threshold. The second rule for a particular example implementation is that if the song falls below a particular likelihood of inclusion and a particular level of confidence, the songs should be removed. Due to the increasing availability of information, the scale can be adjusted over time. In other words, as more and more information is obtained, the requirement for reliability can be reduced. The goal of certain exemplary embodiments is to avoid providing songs that the customer is not linked to, although this is not always possible because the customer's decision making is fully predictable. In step S1608, in any case, appropriate music is displayed at an appropriate time, for example, as a result of searching, browsing, and the like. The system may monitor the change in the heuristic map based on the use of the jukebox over time (in step S1610) and update the map accordingly, for example by returning to step S1606. It will be appreciated that the system can become "smarter" or "learning" over time, for example, as more and more data is entered.

在特定例示性實施例中,可針對每一歌曲進行分對數及/或概率值計算以判定留下歌曲或移除歌曲之可能性以作為用於播放之選項。地點資訊可用以界定地點之總域或本質上設置地方之總「感覺(vibe)」。 In certain exemplary embodiments, a logarithmic and/or probability value calculation may be performed for each song to determine the likelihood of leaving a song or removing a song as an option for playback. Location information can be used to define the total "domain" or the total "vibe" of the place.

在圖16中未示之一或多個步驟中,事件資訊(若存在)可用以至少暫時地進一步限制總環境。在此等情況下,事件資訊可提供甚至對總「感覺」準則之可選超越。類似地,在圖16中未示之一或多個步驟中,系統可具備用於基於使用者特定中繼資料來個別地篩選/分類媒體之程式化邏輯電路。在特定實例實施中,此基於使用者之資訊可能未必同總感覺準則一樣重要,但特定例示性實施例想提供向下切入且提供較詳細推薦之機會。 In one or more of the steps not shown in Figure 16, event information, if any, may be used to at least temporarily further limit the overall environment. In such cases, event information can provide an optional override to the overall "feeling" criteria. Similarly, in one or more of the steps not shown in FIG. 16, the system can be provided with stylized logic for individually screening/classifying media based on user-specific relay data. In a particular example implementation, this user-based information may not necessarily be as important as the overall sensory criteria, but certain exemplary embodiments are intended to provide an opportunity to drill down and provide more detailed recommendations.

圖17為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於最初設立點唱機之實例程序之流程圖。在步驟S1702中,授權使用者(例如,地點工作成員)在點唱機之初始設置期間輸入包括 準則。包括準則可指示地點之類型(例如,愛爾蘭酒吧、嘻哈舞蹈俱樂部、鄉村路線舞蹈、騎行者酒吧、超休息室等)、典型顧客之特性或人口統計(例如,年齡範圍、人種/民族等)、內容排序偏好(例如,最流行最先/最後、最新最先等)等。在步驟S1704中,點唱機接著將包括準則轉換成將與地點相關聯的中繼資料。在步驟S1706中,接著將此資訊傳達至中央伺服器以基於包括準則來判定點唱機之適當主播放清單及總外觀與風格。此程序可包括使相關聯於地點的中繼資料與相關聯於歌曲的中繼資料及/或標記匹配,中繼資料/標記可能儲存於中央伺服器之點唱機資料庫中、社交網路網站上及/或類似者中。此外,可適當地自外部源擷取額外資訊,且可接著對此額外資訊執行匹配。舉例而言,特定例示性實施可自社交網路網站、Billboard等擷取資訊。 以此方式,可能搜集關於純粹熱門話題或騙局、風行度等之資訊。用於判定是否援助外部源之需要可部分地基於經辨識使用者之資訊及/或經辨識使用者之資訊本身可為資料源。將瞭解,在特定例示性實施例中,中央伺服器可具有複數個預界定類別及/或頻道,且點唱機可基於匹配來選擇此等實施例中之一或多個適當類別/頻道。在任何情況下,在步驟S1708中,將關於點唱機之主播放清單及外觀與風格的資訊自中央伺服器傳達至點唱機,且在步驟S1710中,相應地佈建點唱機。佈建可包括設定飛行狀態內容及/或飛行狀態內容源、設定點唱機之主音樂程式庫、設定點唱機之「皮膚」等。將瞭解,可定期或動態地執行步驟S1706 至S1710以幫助確保點唱機係最新的且提供適當音樂。 17 is a flow chart illustrating an example program for initially setting up a jukebox, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. In step S1702, the authorized user (eg, the location worker member) inputs during the initial setting of the jukebox to include Guidelines. Includes guidelines to indicate the type of location (eg, Irish Pub, Hip Hop Dance Club, Country Route Dance, Cyclist Bar, Super Lounge, etc.), typical customer characteristics or demographics (eg, age range, ethnicity/ethnicity, etc.) , content sorting preferences (for example, the most popular first / last, the latest first, etc.). In step S1704, the jukebox then converts the inclusion criteria into relayed material to be associated with the location. In step S1706, this information is then communicated to the central server to determine the appropriate master playlist and overall appearance and style of the jukebox based on the inclusion criteria. The program may include matching the relay material associated with the location with the relay material and/or tag associated with the song, the relay data/tag may be stored in a jukebox database of the central server, the social networking website On and / or similar. In addition, additional information can be retrieved from an external source as appropriate, and then matching can be performed on this additional information. For example, certain exemplary implementations may retrieve information from social networking websites, Billboard, and the like. In this way, it is possible to gather information about purely hot topics or scams, popularity, and the like. The need to determine whether to assist an external source may be based in part on the information of the identified user and/or the information of the identified user itself may be the source of the data. It will be appreciated that in certain exemplary embodiments, the central server may have a plurality of predefined categories and/or channels, and the jukebox may select one or more of the appropriate categories/channels in such embodiments based on the matching. In any case, in step S1708, information on the main playlist and appearance and style of the jukebox is transmitted from the central server to the jukebox, and in step S1710, the jukebox is arranged accordingly. The deployment may include setting the flight status content and/or the flight status content source, setting the main music library of the jukebox, setting the "skin" of the jukebox, and the like. It will be appreciated that step S1706 can be performed periodically or dynamically. Go to S1710 to help ensure that the jukebox is up to date and provides the right music.

圖18為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於針對經辨識使用者自訂顯示之實例程序之流程圖。舉例而言,根據圖17之實例程序,在步驟S1802中,提供主音樂程式庫。在步驟S1804中,使用者登入。在步驟S1806中,擷取與經辨識使用者相關聯之資訊。此資訊可區域地儲存於點唱機上、中央伺服器中、社交網路網站上等。此資訊可包括關於歌曲播放、預選擇最愛(例如,演出者、歌曲、專輯、內容類型等)、人口統計等的使用者規定之資訊。此資訊亦可包括自隨時間之點唱機使用搜集之資訊(例如,使用者偏好最新音樂、偏好特定次序、僅在特定時間/日子/地點喜愛特定音樂等)。在步驟S1808中,使用與經辨識使用者相關聯之資訊作為用以自訂選擇之其他包括準則。此資訊可用以進一步限制播放清單、進行「適當」推薦、排序或重新排序呈現給使用者之媒體等。 18 is a flow diagram illustrating an example program for customizing a user for an identified user, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. For example, according to the example program of FIG. 17, in step S1802, a main music library is provided. In step S1804, the user logs in. In step S1806, information associated with the identified user is retrieved. This information can be stored regionally on jukeboxes, on central servers, on social networking sites, and the like. This information may include user-defined information about song playback, pre-selected favorites (eg, performers, songs, albums, content types, etc.), demographics, and the like. This information may also include the use of collected information from the jukebox over time (eg, the user prefers the latest music, prefers a particular order, prefers specific music only at a particular time/day/place). In step S1808, the information associated with the identified user is used as the other inclusion criteria for custom selection. This information can be used to further restrict playlists, "appropriate" recommendations, sort or reorder media presented to users, and the like.

在未圖示,但作為與步驟S1808相關聯之程序之步驟中,點唱機可與中央伺服器通訊以基於經辨識使用者包括準則來判定適當之使用者自訂播放清單/使用者自訂呈現。類似於以上內容,此子程序可涉及使相關聯於經辨識使用者的中繼資料與相關聯於歌曲的中繼資料及/或標記匹配。可適當地自外部源擷取其他資訊,且亦可接著對此其他資訊執行匹配。舉例而言,可能自社交網路網站、一或多個規定社交網路網站(使用者為該或該等網站之會員)等收集資訊。使用者之資料、使用者之朋友的資料、使 用者之朋友之朋友的資料等可令人感興趣。同上,關於使用者自訂播放清單/使用者自訂呈現的此資訊可自中央伺服器傳達至點唱機,且可相應地佈建點唱機。類似於上文內容,可定期或動態地執行此資訊傳達(例如,在經辨識使用者登入後)。最後,在步驟S1810中,根據使用者自訂播放清單/使用者自訂呈現來實現使用者瀏覽及/或搜尋。 In the steps not shown, but as a procedure associated with step S1808, the jukebox can communicate with the central server to determine an appropriate user-defined playlist/user-customized presentation based on the identified user inclusion criteria. . Similar to the above, this subroutine may involve matching the relay material associated with the identified user with the relay material and/or tag associated with the song. Other information can be retrieved from an external source as appropriate, and can then be matched against this other information. For example, information may be collected from social networking websites, one or more defined social networking websites (users are members of the website or such websites). User's information, user's friend's information, Information about friends of friends of users can be interesting. As above, this information about the user-defined playlist/user-customized presentation can be transmitted from the central server to the jukebox, and the jukebox can be built accordingly. Similar to the above, this information can be communicated periodically or dynamically (eg, after the identified user has logged in). Finally, in step S1810, the user browses and/or searches according to the user-defined playlist/user-customized presentation.

圖19為說明根據一例示性實施例的用於針對特 殊事件自訂顯示之實例程序之流程圖。舉例而言,根據圖17之實例程序,在步驟S1902中,提供主音樂程式庫。在步驟S1904中,接收關於特殊事件之資訊。此資訊可包括(例如)關於事件之類型(例如,具有DJ之私人派對、迪斯科之夜、狂歡夜等)、事件之持續時間、事件是否再發生等之資訊。在步驟S1906中,當點唱機與中央伺服器通訊以判定點唱機之適當播放清單及外觀與風格時,使用與特殊事件相關聯之資訊作為其他/替代包括準則。舉例而言,其他包括準則可進一步限制播放清單或有時產生新的主音樂程式庫、作出適合於事件之推薦、適當地排序或重新排序媒體等。在步驟S1908中,將關於點唱機之事件播放清單及外觀與風格的資訊自中央伺服器傳達至點唱機,且在步驟S1910中,相應地佈建點唱機。 FIG. 19 is a diagram for illustrating a specific embodiment according to an exemplary embodiment A flow chart of an example program for a custom event display. For example, according to the example program of FIG. 17, in step S1902, a main music library is provided. In step S1904, information about a special event is received. This information may include, for example, information about the type of event (eg, private party with DJ, night of disco, carnival night, etc.), duration of the event, recurrence of the event, and the like. In step S1906, when the jukebox communicates with the central server to determine the appropriate playlist and appearance and style of the jukebox, the information associated with the special event is used as the other/alternative inclusion criteria. For example, other include criteria may further restrict playlists or sometimes generate new master music libraries, make recommendations appropriate for events, properly sort or reorder media, and the like. In step S1908, information on the event playlist and appearance and style of the jukebox is transmitted from the central server to the jukebox, and in step S1910, the jukebox is arranged accordingly.

在未圖示之一或多個步驟中,可實現使用者登 入。然而,經辨識使用者功能性之一些或全部可由於發生之事件而被超越。亦即,點唱機系統基於經辨識使用者資訊而可或可不執行進一步限制及/或提出建議。類似地,點 唱機系統可或可不使用自大體點唱機使用搜集之其他使用者偏好來提供推薦/重新排序。 In one or more steps not shown, the user can be implemented. In. However, some or all of the identified user functionality may be overtaken by events that occur. That is, the jukebox system may or may not perform further restrictions and/or make recommendations based on the identified user information. Similarly, point The phono system may or may not use a general jukebox to provide recommendations/reordering using other user preferences collected.

在特定情形下,使用者可搜尋特定演出者(例如) 以搜尋演出者已提供之所有專輯或歌曲。在此情況下,點唱機可更新其顯示且變得更適合於特定演出者、專輯、內容類型等。舉例而言,圖20a為根據特定例示性實施例的第一實例「演出者入口」。在圖20a之實例中,使用者已搜尋Alicia Keys之所有專輯。此可造成顯示器在(例如)下伏或背景影像、使用者介面之顏色方案、元素在顯示器上之線框佈局、外部燈光表演等方面的變化。在圖20a之實例中,詳言之,顯示Alicia Keys之影像以作為在使用者介面下之高解析度墊層。來自演出者之作品之專輯係唯一顯示之專輯,因為該等專輯為匹配搜尋之僅有專輯。顏色方案已變為更加黑白色之方案,例如,根據Alicia Keys之網際網路風格。在特定例示性實施例中,亦可提供至演出者之首頁、Facebook或其他社交網路或其他網站之連結。與Alicia Keys之網際網路風度之簡化外觀與風格一致,可省略許多可選控制元素(例如,如關於圖8b之配置所示及所描述的)。 In certain situations, users can search for specific performers (for example) Search for all the albums or songs that the artist has already provided. In this case, the jukebox can update its display and become more suitable for a particular artist, album, content type, and the like. For example, Figure 20a is a first example "artist portal" in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. In the example of Figure 20a, the user has searched for all albums of Alicia Keys. This can result in changes in the display, for example, in underlying or background images, color schemes in the user interface, wireframe layout of elements on the display, external lighting performance, and the like. In the example of Figure 20a, in detail, the image of Alicia Keys is displayed as a high resolution cushion under the user interface. The albums from the artist's work are the only albums shown, as these albums are the only albums that match the search. The color scheme has become a more black and white solution, for example, according to the Internet style of Alicia Keys. In certain exemplary embodiments, links to the artist's home page, Facebook or other social networking or other websites may also be provided. Consistent with the simplified look and feel of Alicia Keys' Internet style, many optional control elements can be omitted (eg, as shown and described with respect to the configuration of Figure 8b).

將瞭解,不同演出者可具有不同演出者入口,且 (例如,線框、所展示元素等之)更新可與上文所描述之更新相同或不同。就此而言,圖20b為根據特定例示性實施例(例如,針對Santana)之第二實例「演出者入口」。如可見,與Alicia Keys之演出者入口相比,Santana之演出者入口具有不同背景藝術及不同顏色方案。另外,專輯不限於圖20b實 例中之Santana專輯,因為使用者經由不同手段到達Santana入口、巡覽離開該入口(例如,藉由實施後續搜尋)等。 It will be appreciated that different performers may have different artist entrances, and Updates (eg, wireframes, displayed elements, etc.) may be the same or different than the updates described above. In this regard, Figure 20b is a second example "Artist Portal" in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment (e.g., for Santana). As can be seen, the entrance to the performer of Santana has different background art and different color schemes compared to the entrance of the Alicia Keys performer. In addition, the album is not limited to Figure 20b. In the example of the Santana album, the user arrives at the Santana entrance via different means, navigates away from the entrance (eg, by performing a subsequent search), and the like.

各種「皮膚」可附接至專輯、歌曲或其類似者, 其方式類似於上文可用來指派深度值之方式。在特定例示性實施例中,皮膚之概念包括影像、主題、線框顯示、網頁等的上下文特定之一或多者。因此,將瞭解,專輯、歌曲、演出者等之選擇可造成對適當皮膚之查找且造成點唱機使用者介面之總外觀與風格的對應變化。皮膚可包括指示(例如)哪些控制元素將被選擇、該等控制元素位於何處、該等元素如何設定大小/形狀/顏色等的項目選擇及/或配置資訊。可針對非功能性元素(諸如,背景藝術等)規定對應資訊。 Various "skins" can be attached to albums, songs or the like. This is similar to the way above can be used to assign depth values. In certain exemplary embodiments, the concept of skin includes one or more of a context specific to an image, a theme, a wireframe display, a web page, and the like. Thus, it will be appreciated that the selection of albums, songs, performers, etc. can result in a search for an appropriate skin and result in a corresponding change in the overall appearance and style of the jukebox user interface. The skin may include item selection and/or configuration information indicating, for example, which control elements are to be selected, where the control elements are located, how the elements are set in size/shape/color, and the like. Corresponding information can be specified for non-functional elements such as background art.

雖然已關於演出者入口描述了特定例示性實施例,但該等技術可應用於其他概念。舉例而言,皮膚可由經辨識使用者(例如)經由MyTouchTunes使用者介面在點唱機處或在遠端產生,且皮膚可在使用者登入後予以應用。使用者可根據以上界定(例如,哪些控制元素將被顯示及該等控制元素將如何顯示、背景藝術等)來自訂使用者之點唱機皮膚。類似地,記錄標籤、演出者群體等亦可具有在上述及/或其他點處應用之預界定皮膚。如已知的,一些唱片標籤具有不同風度、圖像影像等。將瞭解,Def Jam之皮膚可明顯不同於MuzikMafia之皮膚以及El Cartel Record之皮膚等。 While specific exemplary embodiments have been described in relation to artist portals, such techniques are applicable to other concepts. For example, the skin can be created by the identified user (eg, via the MyTouchTunes user interface at the jukebox or at the far end, and the skin can be applied after the user logs in. The user can customize the user's jukebox skin according to the above definition (eg, which control elements will be displayed and how the control elements will be displayed, background art, etc.). Similarly, record labels, performer groups, and the like can also have predefined skins applied at the above and/or other points. As is known, some record labels have different styles, image images, and the like. It will be appreciated that the skin of Def Jam can be significantly different from the skin of Muzik Mafia and the skin of El Cartel Record.

如已知的,點唱機通常僅顯示當前播放歌曲。然 而,保持一佇列且可在顯示器上完全或部分地顯示該佇列。舉例而言,圖21為根據特定例示性實施例的點唱機之播放佇列之部分或遞增呈現之實例。使用者可被收取用於部分地及/或遞增地展現點唱機播放佇列之附加費用。舉例而言,可實施定價方案,以使得使用者支付第一量以用於察看排隊等候播放的緊隨其後之選擇且支付增加之量以用於查看佇列中之愈來愈多之選擇。 As is known, jukeboxes typically only display the currently playing song. Of course Instead, the queue is maintained and the queue can be displayed in whole or in part on the display. For example, Figure 21 is an illustration of a portion or incremental presentation of a play queue of a jukebox in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. The user may be charged an additional fee for partially and/or incrementally displaying the jukebox play queue. For example, a pricing scheme can be implemented such that the user pays the first amount for viewing the next selection that is queued for play and the amount of payment is increased for viewing the increasingly larger selections in the queue. .

圖21之播放清單展現實例展示即將到來之歌曲 標題及演出者名稱。然而,本文中所描述之顯示技術可造成以即將到來之佇列的選擇性位元及片段顯示,例如,以便不洩漏過多資訊。資訊之選擇性展現可依賴使用者的針對特定選擇使用「跳過佇列」或「現在播放」特徵的傾向或趨勢。可實施定價結構,以使得跳過1首或2首歌曲耗費X個信用點,跳過3首或4首歌曲耗費X加上某一另外量之新一點等。換言之,用於跳過歌曲之價格可基於待跳過之歌曲之數目而改變。該選擇亦可依賴於使用者的使用「鎖定」特徵(例如,支付附加價格以用於確保歌曲將被播放、歌曲在使用者未支付至少使用者付費或預界定預訂價格之情況下不可被跳過等)的傾向或趨勢。資訊之展現可選擇性地包括一或多個即將到來之歌曲之一或多個屬性,包括(例如)標題、演出者、「氣氛」或內容類型、每分鐘節拍等。選擇性展現可提供(例如)關於接下來兩首歌曲(該等歌曲可為流行歌曲)之完整標題及演出者資訊且指示10首以上歌曲(該等歌曲亦可為流行歌曲)在佇列中。如此處理,點唱機顧客、 所有者及至該地點之訪問者可能夠得到關於機構中之氣氛在未來將如何之感覺。選擇性展現亦可依賴時間框,例如,使得人們得到機構在預定時間段(例如,接下來的20至30分鐘、接下來的一個小時、整個晚上等)中給人什麼感覺的感覺。 Figure 21 shows a playlist presentation example showing upcoming songs Title and artist name. However, the display techniques described herein can result in display of select bits and segments in the upcoming queue, for example, so as not to leak too much information. The selective presentation of information may rely on the user's tendency or tendency to use the "skip queue" or "play now" feature for a particular selection. The pricing structure can be implemented such that skipping 1 or 2 songs consumes X credits, skipping 3 or 4 songs and spending X plus a certain amount of new points. In other words, the price for skipping songs can vary based on the number of songs to be skipped. The selection may also depend on the user's use of the "lock" feature (eg, paying an additional price to ensure that the song will be played, the song may not be skipped if the user has not paid at least the user's payment or pre-defined booking price) Ordination or tendency. The presentation of information may optionally include one or more attributes of one or more upcoming songs including, for example, title, artist, "atmosphere" or content type, beats per minute, and the like. The selective presentation may provide, for example, complete title and artist information about the next two songs (the songs may be popular songs) and indicate more than 10 songs (the songs may also be popular songs) in the queue . So handled, the jukebox customer, Owners and visitors to the location can get a feel for how the atmosphere in the organization will be in the future. Selective presentation may also rely on a time frame, for example, to enable a person to feel what it feels like during a predetermined time period (eg, the next 20 to 30 minutes, the next hour, the entire night, etc.).

在特定例示性實施例中,一點唱機裝置包含:一 顯示器;一非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之複數個媒體實例;至少一處理器,其經組配以將待播放之媒體實例之佇列維持在點唱機上,該至少一處理器經進一步組配以使一使用者介面顯示於該顯示器上且經進一步組配以回應至該使用者介面之輸入。該使用者介面可包括:當前播放媒體實例之指示,其至少包括與媒體實例相關聯之歌曲名稱及演出者;以及一遞增佇列展現模組,其經組配以使該使用者介面顯示關於一或多個即將到來之媒體實例的資訊,該資訊至少最初不包括歌曲名稱及演出者之一者或兩者。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, the one-shot player includes: a display; a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing a plurality of media instances usable on or via the jukebox device; at least one processor configured to media to be played The array of examples is maintained on a jukebox, and the at least one processor is further configured to cause a user interface to be displayed on the display and further configured to respond to input to the user interface. The user interface can include: an indication of a current playing media instance including at least a song name and an artist associated with the media instance; and an incremental queue display module configured to cause the user interface to display Information about one or more upcoming media instances that at least initially does not include the song name and one or both of the performers.

該遞增佇列展現模組可經組配以使該使用者介 面顯示關於媒體實例之預定數目的資訊,該預定數目大於1。在替代例中,或另外,該遞增佇列展現模組可經組配以使該使用者介面顯示關於複數個媒體實例的資訊,媒體實例之數目取決於在預定時間量中可播放的該佇列中之媒體實例之數目。該預定時間量可為(例如)30分鐘、1小時、2小時、直至關閉之時間量等。 The incremental array display module can be assembled to enable the user to The face displays information about a predetermined number of media instances, the predetermined number being greater than one. In an alternative, or in addition, the incremental queue presentation module can be configured to cause the user interface to display information about a plurality of media instances, the number of media instances being dependent on the number of media that can be played in a predetermined amount of time The number of media instances in the column. The predetermined amount of time may be, for example, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, the amount of time until closing, and the like.

在特定例示性實施例中,該遞增佇列展現模組經 組配以使該使用者介面至少最初顯示關於相關聯於一或多個即將到來之媒體實例中之一或多者之內容類型的唯一資訊、相關聯於每分鐘節拍之數目(相關聯於一或多個即將到來之媒體實例中之一或多者)的唯一資訊等。在特定例示性實施例中,最初顯示可包括僅關於一或多個即將到來之媒體實例中之每一者的資訊。 In a specific exemplary embodiment, the incremental array display module Aligning the user interface to at least initially display unique information about the type of content associated with one or more of the one or more upcoming media instances, associated with the number of beats per minute (associated with one Unique information such as one or more of the upcoming media instances. In certain exemplary embodiments, the initial display may include information regarding only one of the one or more upcoming media instances.

在特定例示性實施例中,該至少一處理器經組配 以在費用之支付後啟動該遞增佇列展現模組。可使所展現之資訊之量視所收到之費用改變,以使得較多費用對應於被展現之較多資訊。此外,該至少一處理器可經組配以管理第一定價方案,其將應收費用之量與相對於每一實例或媒體及相對於用於展現之許多媒體實例展現的資訊之量關聯。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, the at least one processor is assembled The incremental display module is activated after the payment of the fee. The amount of information presented can be varied depending on the fees received so that more fees correspond to more information being presented. Moreover, the at least one processor can be configured to manage a first pricing scheme that associates the amount to be charged with an amount of information presented relative to each instance or media and to a plurality of media instances for presentation.

在特定例示性實施例中,一佇列跳躍模組可經組 配以使使用者能夠將所選媒體實例移動至佇列中之使用者規定地點。該至少一處理器可在費用之支付後啟動該佇列跳躍模組。此外,該至少一處理器經組配以管理第二定價方案,其將應收費用之量與佇列中的將被跳躍之項目之數目關聯。可使費用以與佇列中的將被跳躍之項目之數目成比例之方式改變。 In a specific exemplary embodiment, a queue jump module can be grouped Equipped with a user-defined location that enables the user to move the selected media instance to the queue. The at least one processor can activate the queue jump module after the payment of the fee. Additionally, the at least one processor is configured to manage a second pricing scheme that associates the amount to be charged with the number of items in the queue that will be hopped. The fee can be changed in proportion to the number of items in the queue that will be jumped.

該使用者介面可經程式化以使使用者能夠在費用之支付後鎖定媒體實例,從而保證該實例不能被跳過。該遞增佇列展現模組可經進一步組配以指示媒體實例是否被鎖定以使得該等實例不能被跳過。 The user interface can be programmed to enable the user to lock the media instance after the payment of the fee, thereby ensuring that the instance cannot be skipped. The incremental queue presentation module can be further configured to indicate whether the media instances are locked such that the instances cannot be skipped.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方 法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 It can also provide the means to manufacture and / or use these jukebox devices. Method, which is a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that tangibly stores instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

因為特定例示性實施例之使用者介面可被一些 使用者感覺為複雜的,所以可實施各種技術以幫助將焦點集中至顧客可選擇元素,例如,歌曲選擇巡覽。模糊、褪色、放大及/或其他技術可用以在不同實施例中管理使用者之焦點,且因此可幫助簡化體驗,即使存在更多可用特徵且彼等特徵更功能強大。舉例而言,圖22a根據特定例示性實施例使用彩色「斑點」來反白顯示中心選擇,而其他非顧客可選擇元素可為模糊的。圖22b根據特定例示性實施例展示專輯封套之放大以反白顯示對專輯之選擇。在圖22b之實例中,背景UI元素尚未修改以將額外焦點集中至所選項目。與之相比,圖22c根據特定例示性實施例展示專輯封套之放大以反白顯示對專輯之選擇,且進一步模糊背景UI元素以幫助將焦點集中至所選專輯。將瞭解,背景UI元素(例如,在圖22b及圖22c中)可簡化為黑白影像或另外調整顏色以將焦點集中在感興趣之一或多個項目上。雖然圖22a至圖22c已結合專輯之選擇加以描述,但本文中所描述之反白顯示技術可應用於UI體驗之其他態樣。 Because the user interface of certain exemplary embodiments can be used The user feels complicated, so various techniques can be implemented to help focus the focus on the customer selectable elements, such as a song selection tour. Blurring, fading, magnification, and/or other techniques can be used to manage the user's focus in different embodiments, and thus can help simplify the experience even if there are more features available and their features are more powerful. For example, Figure 22a uses color "spots" to highlight the center selection in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments, while other non-customer selectable elements may be obscured. Figure 22b shows an enlargement of the album envelope to highlight the selection of the album in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment. In the example of Figure 22b, the background UI element has not been modified to focus the extra focus on the selected item. In contrast, Figure 22c shows an enlargement of the album envelope to highlight the selection of the album in reverse, and further blurs the background UI elements to help focus the focus on the selected album, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. It will be appreciated that background UI elements (eg, in Figures 22b and 22c) may be simplified to black and white images or otherwise adjusted to focus on one or more items of interest. Although Figures 22a through 22c have been described in connection with the selection of an album, the anti-white display techniques described herein can be applied to other aspects of the UI experience.

特定例示性實施例亦可(例如)自專輯封面或其他作品建置鑲嵌圖。可對源作品執行演算法以形成供點唱 機之使用者介面使用之鑲嵌圖。此演算法可在點唱機上即時地執行(例如)以適應基於可用之源作品(例如,可用之專輯封套之數目)的各種鑲嵌圖設計且在使用者介面中動態地使用此等鑲嵌圖設計。在特定例示性實施例中,鑲嵌圖建構演算法可使用面部及色密度辨識來以所要圖案配置源作品(或阻止源作品之配置)。 Certain exemplary embodiments may also, for example, construct a mosaic from an album cover or other work. Perform an algorithm on the source work to form a vocal The mosaic used by the user interface of the machine. This algorithm can be performed on the jukebox in real time, for example, to accommodate various mosaic designs based on available source works (eg, the number of available album envelopes) and dynamically use such mosaic design in the user interface. . In certain exemplary embodiments, the mosaic rendering algorithm may use face and color density recognition to configure the source artwork in a desired pattern (or to prevent configuration of the source artwork).

此等鑲嵌圖技術涉及若干概念,包括源影像選擇 及操縱(例如,針對用以建置鑲嵌圖之影像)、目標影像產生(例如,針對產生之目標鑲嵌圖)及目標影像上下文(例如,針對如何使用目標鑲嵌圖)。源影像、目標影像及其中將使用目標影像之上下文可含有中繼資料之層。此中繼資料促進(例如,經由ID匹配)可重新用以饋送鑲嵌圖產生演算法之大量中繼資料。舉例而言,專輯封套與內容類型、樣式、演出者、年份及其他資訊相關聯。亦可包括關於彼等音樂元素之播放行為及社交網路資訊以饋送演算法關於音樂元素之相對風行度、音樂元素相對於社交網路環境之置放等的資訊。舉例而言,較流行音樂可能較大,由顧客及顧客之朋友(在特定實例中,至預定分離程度)播放之音樂可擴大等。在一個上下文中,使用者之化身可自匹配使用者之音樂偏好之專輯封套、當專輯出現在網路上時自實際播放提取的USA地圖等建置。在下文提供關於此等技術之其他細節。 These mosaic techniques involve several concepts, including source image selection. And manipulating (eg, for images used to build mosaics), target image generation (eg, for generated target mosaics), and target image context (eg, for how to use target mosaics). The source image, the target image, and the context in which the target image will be used may contain layers of relay data. This relay data facilitates (eg, via ID matching) a large amount of relay material that can be reused to feed the mosaic generation algorithm. For example, album envelopes are associated with content type, style, artist, year, and other information. It may also include information about the playing behavior and social networking information of the musical elements to feed the algorithm about the relative popularity of the musical elements, the placement of musical elements relative to the social networking environment, and the like. For example, more popular music may be larger, and music played by customers and customers' friends (in a particular instance, to a predetermined degree of separation) may be expanded. In one context, the user's avatar can be built from an album cover that matches the user's music preferences, and from the actual USA map that was actually played when the album appeared on the web. Additional details regarding such techniques are provided below.

關於源影像選擇及操縱,鑲嵌圖可自經聚集以模擬較大目標影像之源影像(圖塊)建置。圖塊可由整個影像或 由整個影像之子選擇、經修改源影像(例如,原始影像之顏色或色調已更改)等製成。類似地,圖塊可以任何角、反轉、鏡像地使用以組成目標。影像類型可為任意的且可包括(例如)專輯封套、演出者作品、點唱機化身、音樂樂器等。特定圖塊可加特定標誌以由演算法進行特殊處理。舉例而言,流行專輯、歌曲或演出者可被放大等。 Regarding source image selection and manipulation, mosaics can be self-assembled to simulate the source image (tile) of a larger target image. The tile can be from the entire image or Made from sub-selection of the entire image, modified source image (for example, the color or hue of the original image has been changed). Similarly, tiles can be used in any corner, inversion, and mirror to form a target. The image type can be arbitrary and can include, for example, album covers, artist works, jukebox avatars, musical instruments, and the like. Specific tiles can be tagged with specific flags for special processing by the algorithm. For example, popular albums, songs, or performers can be zoomed in, and the like.

關於目標影像產生,將瞭解,鑲嵌圖目標為使用 源圖塊產生之影像。目標可為靜態影像(例如,演出者作品、牛仔帽、TouchTunes標誌等)或移動概念(例如,動畫或視訊)或其某一組合。其他可能目標概念亦係可能的。 Regarding the target image generation, you will understand that the mosaic target is used. The image produced by the source tile. The target can be a still image (eg, artist work, cowboy hat, TouchTunes logo, etc.) or a mobile concept (eg, animation or video) or some combination thereof. Other possible target concepts are also possible.

關於目標影像上下文,經建構鑲嵌圖之多種潛在 使用係可能的。舉例而言,可(例如)使用演出者之專輯封套來建置演出者影像(例如,供演出者入口使用,如上文所論述)。作為一實例,可使用來自George Straight之眾多專輯之專輯作品來建置其影像。可(例如)使用與內容類型有關之源圖塊來建置描述該內容類型之影像。作為一實例,可僅使用鄉村音樂專輯封套)來建置牛仔帽或如Taylor Swift之流行演出者。可使用地理資訊來建置目標(例如,使用在特定地區流行之專輯封套來建置USA之地圖)。亦可(例如)使用當前點唱機設定檔資訊(地點之最熱門內容類型、當前播放歌曲等)來建置背景鑲嵌圖。鑲嵌圖可表示播放清單、來自演出者之專輯等。當然,存在其中可使用鑲嵌圖之上下文之其他可能性。 Multiple potentials for constructing mosaics about the target image context The use of the system is possible. For example, an artist's album envelope can be used, for example, to build an artist image (eg, for use by an artist portal, as discussed above). As an example, an album from George Straight's many albums can be used to build its image. An image describing the type of content can be constructed, for example, using a source tile associated with the content type. As an example, you can use only a country music album envelope to build a cowboy hat or a popular performer like Taylor Swift. Geospatial information can be used to build targets (for example, using a popular album cover in a particular region to build a map of the USA). The background mosaic can also be built, for example, using the current jukebox profile information (the most popular content type of the location, the currently playing song, etc.). A mosaic can represent a playlist, an album from an artist, and the like. Of course, there are other possibilities in which the context of the mosaic can be used.

在特定例示性實施例中,使用者可與鑲嵌圖互 動。舉例而言,鑲嵌圖可由使用者放大,且使用者可自鑲嵌圖選擇歌曲、演出者、專輯、播放清單等。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, the user can interact with the mosaic move. For example, the mosaic can be zoomed in by the user, and the user can select a song, artist, album, playlist, etc. from the mosaic.

亦可提供用於同步之部分歌詞顯示之技術。亦 即,在特定例示性實施例中,歌詞可在歌曲期間的適當或預定時間顯示。舉例而言,若點唱機正在播放Black Eyed Peas之歌曲「I Gotta Feeling」,則字詞「I Gotta Feeling!!!」可在該等字詞由演出者唱出之同時顯示。 Techniques for displaying partial lyrics for synchronization are also available. also That is, in certain exemplary embodiments, the lyrics may be displayed at an appropriate or predetermined time during the song. For example, if the jukebox is playing the song "I Gotta Feeling" by Black Eyed Peas, the word "I Gotta Feeling!!!" can be displayed while the words are sung by the performer.

歌詞亦可以反應螢幕上歌詞片段之上下文(亦被 稱為動態文字)之型樣配置。圖23a至圖23d根據一例示性實施例展示動態運動顯示之實例螢幕擷取畫面。歌詞已與Blink 182歌曲「Josie」同步。圖23a在歌曲之開頭漂浮。圖23b包括在唱出時字詞添加的字詞,其中字詞「of」被拉長且在該等字詞被移至焦點外時在其他字詞內替換該等字詞。圖23c展示可如何選擇性地使用模糊以匹配歌曲之氣氛,如可使氣氛表示「沮喪」。圖23d說明可如何使用顏色以在字詞由演唱歌曲之演出者強調時強調該字詞。 The lyrics can also reflect the context of the lyrics on the screen (also A type configuration called dynamic text. 23a-23d illustrate an example screen capture screen for dynamic motion display, in accordance with an illustrative embodiment. The lyrics have been synced with Blink 182 song "Josie". Figure 23a floats at the beginning of the song. Figure 23b includes words added as words when sung, where the word "of" is elongated and the words are replaced within other words when the words are moved out of focus. Figure 23c shows how the blur can be selectively used to match the atmosphere of the song, such as to make the atmosphere "frustrated." Figure 23d illustrates how colors can be used to emphasize a word as it is emphasized by the artist singing the song.

在特定例示性實施例中,藉由產生與歌曲匹配或 同步之指令碼來實現動態文字。因此,可針對歌曲創建中繼資料(包括時序、氣氛、運動、顏色、影像等)之音軌,且可儲存該音軌,例如,如上所述。在特定例示性實施例中,可創建XML或似XML之標記結構以將時序、歌詞及效果(包括,例如,調整大小/重新調整大小、進入點/退出點、自/至位置縮放、平移方向/量等)連結在一起。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, by generating a match with a song or Synchronize the script to implement dynamic text. Thus, a track of relayed material (including timing, atmosphere, motion, color, image, etc.) can be created for the song, and the track can be stored, for example, as described above. In a particular illustrative embodiment, an XML or XML-like markup structure can be created to sequence, lyrics, and effects (including, for example, resizing/resizing, entry/exit points, self/to position zoom, pan direction) / quantity, etc.) linked together.

類似於上文,在特定例示性實施例中,亦可提供 同步之照明投影。使用者介面著色可經修改以與當前播放歌曲之上下文同步。舉例而言,若點唱機正在播放DJ Funk之「The Roof is on Fire」,則使用者介面(例如)在唱到字詞「THE ROOF IS ON FIRE!」時可顯示明亮的紅色及橙色著色。主題可開發且與一或多首歌曲相關聯。舉例而言,可創建「火」主題,其中點唱機使用者介面經修改至紅色及橙色著色。該主題可與如DJ Funk之「The Roof is on Fire」、Bloodhound Gang之「Fire Water Burn」、Johnny Cash之「Ring of Fire」、Ohio Players之「Fire」等的歌曲相關聯。該等主題可連結至該等歌曲,且在特定實例實施中,該等主題可應用於歌曲之全部。替代地,或另外,可創建XML或其他指令碼,以使得應啟動主題之時間與特定歌曲之間存在連結。 Similar to the above, in certain exemplary embodiments, Synchronized illumination projection. User interface coloring can be modified to synchronize with the context of the currently playing song. For example, if the jukebox is playing DJ Funk's "The Roof is on Fire", the user interface (for example) can display bright red and orange coloring when singing the word "THE ROOF IS ON FIRE!". The theme can be developed and associated with one or more songs. For example, you can create a "fire" theme in which the jukebox user interface is modified to red and orange coloring. This theme can be associated with songs such as "The Roof is on Fire" by DJ Funk, "Fire Water Burn" by Bloodhound Gang, "Ring of Fire" by Johnny Cash, "Fire" by Ohio Players, and the like. Themes can be linked to the songs, and in a particular example implementation, the topics can be applied to all of the songs. Alternatively, or in addition, XML or other scripts may be created such that there is a link between the time at which the topic should be launched and the particular song.

特定例示性實施例可將攝影機併入至點唱機 中。攝影機可用以產生演出者或顧客肖像,且捕捉之影像可經處理且包括至使用者介面中。舉例而言,點唱機之機載攝影機可用以將顧客之肖像轉換成當前播放演出者之螢幕上傳真或漫畫形象。可使用已知自動或人工技術來漫畫化肖像,且可以多種方式來使用經修改或未修改影像。舉例而言,影像可用作為背景藝術、與播放清單相關聯、與使用者化身相關聯、併入至在音樂播放期間所使用之指令碼中(例如,以顯示誰選擇了歌曲)、針對鑲嵌圖(例如,針對場地處之「常規」播放清單等)提供及/或其類似者。 A specific exemplary embodiment can incorporate a camera into a jukebox in. The camera can be used to create an artist or customer portrait, and the captured image can be processed and included into the user interface. For example, an on-board camera of a jukebox can be used to convert a customer's portrait into a on-screen fax or comic image of the present player. Portraits can be comically created using known automated or manual techniques, and modified or unmodified images can be used in a variety of ways. For example, images can be used as background art, associated with playlists, associated with user avatars, incorporated into scripts used during music playback (eg, to show who selected songs), for mosaics (for example, for "regular" playlists at venues, etc.) and/or the like.

網路連接與攝影機一起出現亦可為有利的。舉例 而言,可能在地點處具有「實況觀看(live look-in)」。考慮是否去酒吧或俱樂部之人員可預先判定酒吧或俱樂部看上去是否有趣、刺激、「令人掃興」等,預先地。使用者亦可在離開家時看到在一地點處什麼正在發生。實況觀看可經由網際網路連接來提供,且因此可經由網頁、智慧型手機或其類似者來存取。影像亦可即時地或在事後加以分析以收集關於地點及/或點唱機顧客之人口統計資料。 It may also be advantageous to have a network connection with the camera. Example In fact, there may be a "live look-in" at the place. People who consider whether to go to a bar or club can pre-determine whether the bar or club looks interesting, exciting, "disappointing", etc., in advance. The user can also see what is happening at a location when leaving home. Live viewing can be provided via an internet connection and can therefore be accessed via a web page, a smart phone or the like. Images can also be analyzed on-the-fly or post-mortem to collect demographic information about locations and/or jukebox customers.

以類似方式,點唱機攝影機可用作為「鏡子」以「反映」點唱機看到的在房間中、在舞池中等正在發生的情況。可將饋送提供至點唱機顯示器本身、可操作地連接至點唱機、但仍在同一場地之遠端終端機、經合適裝配之TV或其他顯示器等。可(例如)藉由將虛擬元素添加至現實中不存在之鏡像來「擴充」現實。舉例而言,除專輯封套可在使用者之「倒影」前面浮在螢幕上外,螢幕上影像可相同於鏡像。 In a similar manner, the jukebox camera can be used as a "mirror" to "reflect" what is happening in the room, in the dance floor, as seen by the jukebox. The feed can be provided to the jukebox display itself, a remote terminal that is operatively coupled to the jukebox, but still in the same venue, a suitably assembled TV or other display, and the like. The reality can be "expanded", for example, by adding virtual elements to images that do not exist in reality. For example, the image on the screen can be the same as the image except that the album cover can be floated on the screen in front of the user's "reflection".

在特定例示性實施例中,攝影機可用作為吸引裝置。更特定言之,在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機之攝影機可充當將顧客吸引至點唱機之運動偵測系統之基礎。點唱機可藉由以下各者來吸引顧客:增加或減少顧客接近的點唱機之使用者介面照明之強度;當顧客在距離點唱機預定數目之英尺內時歡迎顧客;播放使顧客知道隨著顧客接近其將變得「更冷」、「更暖」之聲音(諸如心跳);使用邊緣偵測來估計群組之大小且經由聲音或文字顯示來適當地定址觀眾;及/或其類似者。亦可基於播放之音樂之類型來判 定訊息。因此,若偵測到群組且鄉村音樂正在播放,則可顯示如「Hey,y'all!How about a song?」之訊息,而非較一般訊息「You look you could use a song.」。主要顯示器或任何次要顯示器(例如,LED陣列)可用以顯示如此等訊息的(例如)用於顧客歡迎或其他特徵之訊息,顯示可能在顧客已實體觸碰點唱機之前。將瞭解,在特定例示性實施例中,可使攝影機充當接近感測器,且特定例示性實施例亦可另外或替代地包括用於類似目的之單獨接近感測器。 In certain exemplary embodiments, a camera can be used as a suction device. More specifically, in certain exemplary embodiments, the jukebox camera can serve as the basis for a motion detection system that draws customers to the jukebox. The jukebox can attract customers by: increasing or decreasing the intensity of the user interface lighting of the jukebox that the customer is close to; welcoming the customer when the customer is within a predetermined number of feet from the jukebox; playing enables the customer to know with the customer Approaching a sound that will become "cooler", "warm" (such as a heartbeat); use edge detection to estimate the size of the group and properly address the viewer via voice or text display; and/or the like. Can also be judged based on the type of music played Set the message. Therefore, if a group is detected and country music is being played, a message such as "Hey, y'all! How about a song?" may be displayed instead of the more general message "You look you could use a song." The primary display or any secondary display (e.g., LED array) can be used to display such messages, for example, for customer welcome or other features, the display may be before the customer has physically touched the jukebox. It will be appreciated that in certain exemplary embodiments, the camera may be enabled to act as a proximity sensor, and certain exemplary embodiments may additionally or alternatively include separate proximity sensors for similar purposes.

咸信,平均地,當在進行選擇時,2.2個人在點 唱機前面。攝影機可幫助判定多個人在點唱機前面且針對群組作出推薦,與個人對比。如此處理亦可幫助解決選擇中之外觀不定性,因為不同群組成員可具有不可容易地分群或分類以便給出良好推薦的非常不同之歌曲請求。因此,認識到一群人出現可使特定約束放鬆,使點唱機忽略外觀「門外漢」或僅不向群組提供推薦。 Say, on average, when making a choice, 2.2 people are at the point In front of the record player. The camera can help determine multiple people in front of the jukebox and make recommendations for the group, compared to the individual. Such processing can also help to resolve the appearance uncertainty in the selection, as different group members can have very different song requests that cannot be easily grouped or categorized to give good recommendations. Therefore, recognizing that a group of people appears to relax certain constraints, the jukebox ignores the appearance of "outsiders" or simply does not provide recommendations to the group.

將瞭解,攝影機可偵測照明位準且調整點唱機元 件以便拍攝良好品質照片。在特定實例例子中,此可涉及在黑暗或部分照明環境中結合攝影機閃光燈來調整顯示器、LED及/或輪廓照明強度、降低照明位準以減少明亮環境中之清除等。在特定例示性實施例中,使用者可選擇諸如清除、飽和、過度曝光等之效果,且可使攝影機及/或照明元件根據用於實現所要效果之已知照相技術作出回應。 閃光燈可經定時以便與螢幕上之移動一致,例如,向上、向下或在特定方向上吸引使用者之注視,使得注意力集中 在拍攝照片之攝影機上(例如,當點唱機以照相亭模式操作時)。在特定例示性實施例中,圖框或背景可應用於照片,且在一些情況下,圖框或背景可被贊助(例如,Bacardi贊助之圖框可包括熱帶感覺等)以便為網站產生更多收入。 It will be understood that the camera can detect the lighting level and adjust the phono elements. For taking good quality photos. In a specific example, this may involve adjusting the display, LED and/or contour illumination intensity in conjunction with a camera flash in a dark or partially illuminated environment, reducing illumination levels to reduce erasure in bright environments, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the user may select effects such as clearing, saturation, overexposure, etc., and may cause the camera and/or lighting elements to respond in accordance with known photographic techniques for achieving the desired effect. The flash can be timed to coincide with the movement on the screen, for example, to attract the user's gaze upwards, downwards or in a particular direction, so that attention is focused On a camera that takes a photo (for example, when the jukebox is operating in photo booth mode). In certain exemplary embodiments, the frame or background may be applied to a photo, and in some cases, the frame or background may be sponsored (eg, a Bacardi sponsored frame may include a tropical feel, etc.) to generate more for the website. income.

在特定例示性實施例中,大的玻璃或其他面板可 置放於點唱機之大部分之上。可使特定例示性實施例中之面板充當特定例子中之觸控螢幕目標,藉此將互動功能性給予另外可能並非使用者可操縱之點唱機元件或至少模擬該互動功能性。因此,目標可充當用於與元件(使用者通常不可與該等元件互動)通訊之代理。點唱機軟體可傳達觸碰區域之位置且採取對應動作。舉例而言,有可能模仿觸控螢幕LED,方式為將其置放於透明真正觸覺螢幕下,其中下伏LED陣列另外可能並非使用者可操縱的。可賦予另外靜態元件之功能性之實例包括(例如)在使用者拼出使用者之名稱或其他文字(例如,在LED陣列上)時追蹤使用者之手指、玩經典之「打鼴鼠(whack-a-mole)」類型遊戲、偵測使用者何時靠在點唱機上或另外觸碰點唱機(此可使點唱機顯示詢問使用者必要靠在點唱機上、邀請使用者作出選擇等之訊息)及其類似者。 In certain exemplary embodiments, large glass or other panels may Placed on most of the jukebox. The panel in a particular illustrative embodiment can be used as a touchscreen target in a particular example, thereby giving interactive functionality to a jukebox component that may otherwise be not user steerable or at least emulating the interactive functionality. Thus, the target can act as a proxy for communication with components that the user typically cannot interact with. The jukebox software can communicate the location of the touch area and take corresponding actions. For example, it is possible to emulate a touch screen LED by placing it under a transparent true tactile screen, where the underlying LED array may not otherwise be user steerable. Examples of functionalities that can be imparted to other static components include, for example, tracking the user's finger when the user spells out the user's name or other text (eg, on an LED array), playing the classic "Whack" (whack) -a-mole)" type game, detecting when the user is leaning on the jukebox or touching the jukebox (this allows the jukebox to display the message that the user must rely on the jukebox, invite the user to make a selection, etc.) ) and similar.

在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機上之攝影機及/ 或接近感測器可用作為場地之安全系統之部分。亦即,在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機之攝影機可用以偵測及/或報告非所要存在。攝影機可用以在偵測到非所要存在之情況下產生其影像或視訊。舉例而言,在關閉之後,點唱機可 設定為安全模式,在安全模式下,點唱機看上去斷電,但點唱機之攝影機繼續被起動。若(例如)經由運動偵測器、接近感測器及/或點唱機之攝影機偵測到侵入,則攝影機可產生非所要存在之影像或視訊。點唱機之音訊能力用以(例如)藉由發出警報、儘可能大聲地播放音樂等來與非所要存在通訊。點唱機之LED及/或主要螢幕可傳達存在已被偵測,及/或主要螢幕可顯示侵入者之捕捉或實況影像或視訊。此外,點唱機可使用其網路連接來(例如)以電子郵件、文字訊息或其他方式將警告發送至點唱機擁有者及/或適當授權單位,以使擁有者及/或授權單位注意非所要存在、起始至點唱機擁有者及/或適當授權單位之語音或VoIP呼叫等。類似於上文所描述之技術,在較「被動」模式中,攝影機可為擁有者及/或授權單位提供實況觀看模式以自區域或遠端地點監視情形。在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機上之攝影機可充當且有時甚至替代閉路監視系統。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, the camera on the jukebox and/or Or proximity sensors can be used as part of the site's security system. That is, in certain exemplary embodiments, a jukebox camera can be used to detect and/or report non-existence. The camera can be used to generate its image or video when it is detected that it is not present. For example, after turning off, the jukebox can Set to safe mode, in safe mode, the jukebox appears to be powered down, but the jukebox's camera continues to be activated. If an intrusion is detected, for example, via a motion detector, a proximity sensor, and/or a jukebox camera, the camera can produce an image or video that is not desired. The jukebox's audio capabilities are used to communicate with non-existing presence, for example, by issuing an alarm, playing music as loudly as possible, and the like. The jukebox's LEDs and/or main screens can indicate that presence or absence has been detected, and/or the main screen can display captured or live images or video of the intruder. In addition, the jukebox may use its internet connection to, for example, send an alert to the jukebox owner and/or the appropriate authorizing unit by e-mail, text message or other means to alert the owner and/or authorized unit to the desired Presence, voice or VoIP calls originating from the jukebox owner and/or appropriate authorized unit. Similar to the techniques described above, in a more "passive" mode, the camera can provide a live viewing mode for the owner and/or authorized unit to monitor the situation from a regional or remote location. In certain exemplary embodiments, a camera on a jukebox can act as, and sometimes even replace, a closed circuit monitoring system.

在特定實例實施例中,可在預界定時間(例如, 在關閉之後)、在來自授權人員之輸入之後(例如,在晚上關閉點唱機)等進入安全模式。在特定例示性實施例中,安全模式可使顯示幕斷電或以其他方式停用顯示幕,使得點唱機整體看上去不在操作中。然而,安置於點唱機上或以其他方式連接至點唱機之攝影機可捕捉影像及/或視訊之串流。該串流可與在點唱機網路或單獨網路中操作之安全子系統有關。授權使用者可遠端登入安全子系統(例如,使用使用者名稱/密碼組合、藉由輸入唯一位址或其他識別資訊) 以獲得實況觀看。點唱機及/或安全子系統可監視異常,諸如場地處之意外運動等。在偵測到干擾後,安全子系統可產生或轉送訊息至授權人員。舉例而言,可起始至場地之所有者、至執法人員、至私人保全公司等之VoIP呼叫。亦可使點唱機發出警報、顯示閃爍光等以作為對至地點中之侵入的安全措施。 In a specific example embodiment, it may be at a predefined time (eg, After the shutdown, the security mode is entered after input from an authorized person (for example, turning off the jukebox at night). In certain exemplary embodiments, the security mode may power down the display or otherwise disable the display so that the jukebox as a whole does not appear to be in operation. However, a camera placed on a jukebox or otherwise connected to a jukebox can capture images and/or video streams. This stream can be associated with a security subsystem operating in a jukebox network or in a separate network. Authorized users can log in to the security subsystem remotely (for example, using a username/password combination, by entering a unique address or other identifying information) Get live viewing. The jukebox and/or security subsystem can monitor anomalies, such as accidental movements at the venue. After the interference is detected, the security subsystem can generate or forward a message to an authorized person. For example, a VoIP call can be initiated to the owner of the venue, to law enforcement, to a private security company, and the like. The jukebox can also be alerted, flashing light, etc. as a security measure against intrusion in the location.

將瞭解,可結合本文中所描述之其他休閒實況觀 看技術來使用相同串流傳輸技術中之多者。舉例而言,點唱機網路或其他適當伺服器系統可自點唱機獲得串流傳輸資訊且使使用者(例如,註冊使用者)能夠(例如)自網際網路瀏覽器遠端觀看場地。在特定實例實施例中,點唱機本身可充當伺服器。 It will be understood that it can be combined with other leisure factual views described in this article. Look at the technology to use the same of the same streaming technology. For example, a jukebox network or other suitable server system can obtain streaming information from a jukebox and enable a user (eg, a registered user) to view the venue, for example, from a remote end of an internet browser. In a particular example embodiment, the jukebox itself may act as a server.

在特定實例實施例中,一點唱機裝置包含:一顯 示器;一攝影機;一非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之複數個媒體實例;以及至少一處理器,其經組配以:自該攝影機獲得影像及/或視訊;實質上即時地在該點唱機裝置之該顯示器上顯示來自該攝影機的該等獲得影像及/或視訊,使得該顯示器實質上反映該攝影機偵測到的;且使一遠端使用者能夠觀看來自該攝影機的該等獲得影像及/或視訊。該至少一處理器可經進一步組配以使該等獲得影像及/或視訊顯示與點唱機裝置設置在共同地點中之一或多個外部顯示裝置上。類似地,網站伺服器可經組配以使遠端使用者能夠觀看來自攝影機的該等獲得影像及/或視訊。 In a specific example embodiment, the one-click player includes: a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing a plurality of media instances operable on or via the jukebox device; and at least one processor configured to Obtaining images and/or video from the camera; substantially immediately displaying the acquired images and/or video from the camera on the display of the jukebox device such that the display substantially reflects the detected by the camera And enabling a remote user to view the acquired images and/or video from the camera. The at least one processor can be further configured to cause the acquired image and/or video display and jukebox device to be disposed on one or more external display devices in a common location. Similarly, the web server can be configured to enable the remote user to view the acquired images and/or video from the camera.

該至少一處理器可經進一步組配以在使用者規 定時間或在來自授權使用者之信號後進入安全模式中。該至少一處理器使該攝影機在進入安全模式中時充當運動偵測器。該至少一處理器經組配以在意外地偵測到運動時發出警報。警報可包括:起始至一或多個規定參與者之VoIP呼叫;發送SMS、電子郵件或其他訊息;使點唱機上之顯示器及/或照明變得照亮及/或閃爍;聲訊警報;及/或其類似者。 The at least one processor can be further configured to be in a user gauge Enter safe mode at a fixed time or after a signal from an authorized user. The at least one processor causes the camera to act as a motion detector when entering a secure mode. The at least one processor is configured to issue an alarm when motion is unexpectedly detected. The alert may include: starting a VoIP call to one or more specified participants; sending an SMS, email or other message; illuminating and/or flashing the display and/or illumination on the jukebox; and an audible alert; / or similar.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方 法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 It can also provide the means to manufacture and / or use these jukebox devices. Method, which is a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that tangibly stores instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

特定例示性實施例亦提供適應性點唱機個人化 特徵,包括(例如)個性產生及個性表現。個性產生係關於收集資訊之各種片段及使用該等片段來特性化點唱機之個性的程序。此可為進行中程序。舉例而言,每當使用者與點唱機互動時,新資訊產生且可被收集。 Specific illustrative embodiments also provide adaptive jukebox personalization Features, including, for example, personality generation and personality performance. Personality generation is a program that collects various pieces of information and uses them to characterize the personality of the jukebox. This can be an ongoing process. For example, whenever a user interacts with a jukebox, new information is generated and can be collected.

可考慮不同類型之資訊以界定點唱機之個性。此 等因素可包括以下及/或其他因素中之一些或全部:點唱機之地理地點、點唱機上播放之最流行歌曲、點唱機上播放之音樂之類型(亦即,內容類型、樣式、模式等)、在整個點唱機網路上進行之播放、關於額外權重是否應給予當前顧客之選擇(例如,顧客是否為MyTouchTunes之會員或酒吧工 作人員)之資訊等。 Different types of information can be considered to define the personality of the jukebox. this Other factors may include some or all of the following and/or other factors: the geographic location of the jukebox, the most popular songs played on the jukebox, and the type of music played on the jukebox (ie, content type, style, mode, etc.) ), play on the entire jukebox network, whether the extra weight should be given to the current customer (for example, whether the customer is a member of MyTouchTunes or a bar worker) Information).

接著可(例如)基於所收集資訊為點唱機指派個 性類型。在任何給定點唱機在任何給定時間僅被指派一個類型之意義上,個性類型可為離散的。個性類型及匹配彼等類型之準則可由點唱機提供者界定。舉例而言,作為基礎實施,地點中之最熱門歌曲內容類型可用以界定個性類型。在此情況下,點唱機可被稱為「搖滾類型」、「R&B類型」等。 The jogger can then be assigned, for example, based on the collected information. Sex type. The personality type may be discrete in the sense that any given jukebox is assigned only one type at any given time. The personality types and criteria for matching them can be defined by the jukebox provider. For example, as a basic implementation, the most popular song content type in a place can be used to define a personality type. In this case, the jukebox can be called "rock type", "R&B type", and the like.

個性產生亦可涉及點唱機個性類型隨時間(例 如,當收集新資訊時)之調整及改進。舉例而言,點唱機最初被分類為「搖滾類型」點唱機,但可隨時間改進以指示對「活力」搖滾歌曲之偏好,而非「慢」搖滾歌曲或「搖滾抒情曲」。 Personality generation can also involve the jukebox personality type over time (example For example, when collecting new information, adjustments and improvements. For example, jukeboxes were originally classified as "rock-type" jukeboxes, but can be improved over time to indicate preferences for "vibrant" rock songs, rather than "slow" rock songs or "rock lyrics."

因此,將瞭解,可收集資訊,可進行關於複數個 預界定類別中之一者之指派,且對初始指派之調整或改進可隨時間進行(例如,當收集更多資料時)。將瞭解,調整或改進可為特定類別內之子分類、至新類別或子類別之重新分類等。 Therefore, it will be understood that information can be collected and can be made on multiple The assignment of one of the categories is predefined, and adjustments or improvements to the initial assignment can be made over time (eg, when more information is collected). It will be appreciated that adjustments or improvements may be sub-category within a particular category, reclassification to a new category or sub-category, and the like.

可將點唱機之個性表現理解為使用者體驗由於 點唱機之個性而受影響之程度。舉例而言,可修改點唱機之整體外觀以匹配點唱機個性。此等因素可包括以下及/或其他特性中之一些或全部:關於點唱機之地點之顯示資訊、表示點唱機之個性之自訂UI主題、反映點唱機之個性之燈光表演圖案及調色、根據地點之個性而作為UI底圖的 演出者之背景影像(參見上文之演出者入口)等。 The personality of the jukebox can be understood as the user experience due to The degree to which the personality of the jukebox is affected. For example, the overall appearance of the jukebox can be modified to match the jukebox personality. These factors may include some or all of the following and/or other characteristics: display information about the location of the jukebox, custom UI themes that represent the personality of the jukebox, light show patterns and color to reflect the personality of the jukebox, According to the personality of the place as the UI basemap The background image of the performer (see the artist's entrance above).

上文所描述之實例技術亦可應用於點唱機適應 性音樂瀏覽及/或搜尋。舉例而言,當在點唱機上瀏覽音樂時,可基於點唱機個性而將重點放在首選音樂內容類型、樣式、氣氛等上。相同或類似方法可應用於音樂搜尋。亦即,在特定實例例子中,可將較多重點放在(例如)搜尋結果中之首選音樂類型上,以使得匹配個性之歌曲最先被列出或靠近結果之頂部,或至少高於該等歌曲應該在的位置等。 The example techniques described above can also be applied to jukebox adaptation Sexual music browsing and / or searching. For example, when browsing music on a jukebox, emphasis can be placed on preferred music content types, styles, atmospheres, etc. based on the jukebox personality. The same or similar method can be applied to music search. That is, in a particular example, more emphasis may be placed on, for example, the preferred music type in the search results such that the song matching the personality is first listed or near the top of the result, or at least above Wait for the song to be in the same location.

在類似過程中,在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機 搜尋演算法可關於在點唱機上最多播放及/或匹配點唱機之個性的歌曲、演出者及專輯將遞增自動完成建議提供給顧客。該演算法可自識別使用者之偏好的多種源(諸如,DAM、城市、MyTouchTunes使用者設定檔及可能Facebook使用者設定檔)得到。關於點唱機個性(例如,針對未註冊或未經辨識顧客),可應用類似技術。 In a similar process, in a particular illustrative embodiment, a jukebox The search algorithm can provide incremental and auto-complete suggestions to the customer regarding songs, performers, and albums that play and/or match the personality of the jukebox on the jukebox. The algorithm can be derived from a variety of sources that identify the user's preferences, such as DAM, City, MyTouchTunes user profiles, and possibly Facebook user profiles. Similar techniques can be applied to the jukebox personality (eg, for unregistered or unidentified customers).

舉例而言,當顧客在搜尋欄中鍵入字母「Rol」 時,自動完成可辨識使用者,且判定拉丁族演出者Rolando在自動完成建議中應比Rolling Stones列出在較高處,Rolling Stones在點唱機網路中較流行,但對點唱機使用者而言或在使用中之點唱機上未必較流行。 For example, when the customer types the letter "Rol" in the search bar. Automatically completes the identifiable user and determines that the Latin performer Rolando should be listed higher in the autocomplete suggestion than the Rolling Stones. Rolling Stones is more popular in the jukebox network, but for the jukebox user. Words or in the use of the jukebox may not be more popular.

在特定實例實施中,點唱機個性之概念亦可用以根據點唱機之個性而將音樂內容封包發送至點唱機。 In a particular example implementation, the concept of a jukebox personality can also be used to send a music content packet to a jukebox based on the personality of the jukebox.

點唱機及/或使用者之個性亦可用於針對性廣告。舉例而言,點唱機之個性可用以幫助判定點唱機基於 以下及/或其他因素中之一些或全部將接收或顯示哪些廣告:地點特定事件(例如,歡樂減價時段、女士之夜、新年晚會等)、當地音樂會(例如,Arcade Fire,你最喜愛的獨立製作樂隊將在本週末在紐約演出)、當地事件(例如,本地籌資、本地社區中心之獻血等)及/或其類似者。 The jukebox and/or user personality can also be used for targeted advertising. For example, the personality of the jukebox can be used to help determine the jukebox based Which ads will be received or displayed by some or all of the following and/or other factors: location-specific events (eg, happy nights, ladies nights, New Year's parties, etc.), local concerts (eg, Arcade Fire, your favorite) The independent production band will perform in New York this weekend), local events (for example, local fundraising, blood donation from local community centers, etc.) and/or the like.

此外,上下文廣告可基於點唱機及/或點唱機使 用者之個性。對於已登入之經辨識使用者,個性可為已知的。然而,對於匿名使用者,廣告可基於更當前之瀏覽行為及歌曲選擇(例如,在當前選擇期間)而顯示。舉例而言,當使用者在點唱機上瀏覽替代之搖滾內容類型時,點唱機可顯示即將到來之Lollapalooza事件之廣告。 In addition, contextual advertising can be based on jukeboxes and/or jukeboxes. User's personality. Personality may be known for authenticated users who have logged in. However, for anonymous users, the advertisement may be displayed based on more current browsing behavior and song selection (eg, during the current selection period). For example, when a user browses an alternate rock content type on a jukebox, the jukebox can display an advertisement for the upcoming Lollapalooza event.

進一步個性化可藉由在使用者互動時拍攝照片 (或自存檔取得照片,若使用者為經辨識使用者)且接著將使用者之肖像併入至廣告中而與上下文廣告有關。舉例而言,若使用者正在瀏覽Jimmy Buffett音樂,則可拍攝使用者之照片且將其併入至使用者在海邊之照片中及至海島之廉價行程之廣告中。 Further personalization can take photos by user interaction Contextual advertising is associated with (or taking a photo from an archive, if the user is an identified user) and then incorporating the user's portrait into the advertisement. For example, if the user is browsing Jimmy Buffett music, the user's photo can be taken and incorporated into the user's photo on the beach and on the cheap trip to the island.

特定例示性實施例可使使用者能夠創建用於播 放之設定清單。舉例而言,使用者可瀏覽歌曲之類別等,且為點唱機上之可能播放選擇歌曲。使用者在工作階段期間可記錄歌曲、刪除歌曲、添加歌曲等至工作中設定清單,很像某人可將項目放在購物車中且移除一些其他項目。一旦設定清單由使用者界定,該設定清單即可整體或部分地作為一或多個封包提交以用於播放。類似地,使用者可使 該設定清單中之歌曲之一些或全部由於附加費用而立即播放。就此而言,使用者可簡單地將設定清單或其部分拖放至指定用於使歌曲立即播放的使用者介面之預界定區域中。因此,點唱機使用者介面可經組配以允許使用者創建接著由使用者在單一動作中排隊以用於播放的歌曲之群組,且進階設定清單可允許使用者在設定清單被執行之前修改設定清單之內容(例如,以使得可添加、移除、記錄歌曲、經由播放下一首或跳過佇列功能而給予歌曲較高優先權等)。可使用點唱機上之使用者介面元件或實體啟動器來執行此設定清單。 Certain exemplary embodiments enable a user to create a broadcast Put a list of settings. For example, the user can browse the category of the song, etc., and select a song for possible play on the jukebox. The user can record songs, delete songs, add songs, etc. to the work settings list during the work phase, much like someone can put the item in the shopping cart and remove some other items. Once the list is defined by the user, the list of settings can be submitted in whole or in part as one or more packets for playback. Similarly, the user can Some or all of the songs in the settings list are played immediately due to additional charges. In this regard, the user can simply drag and drop the settings list or portions thereof into a predefined area of the user interface that is designated for immediate playback of the song. Thus, the jukebox user interface can be configured to allow the user to create a group of songs that are then queued by the user for a single action for playback, and the advanced settings list can allow the user to place the list before it is executed. Modify the contents of the settings list (for example, to make it possible to add, remove, record songs, give songs a higher priority by playing the next or skip the queue function, etc.). This list of settings can be performed using the user interface component or physical launcher on the jukebox.

在特定例示性實施例中,設定清單可為有利的, 因為設定清單不需要使用者登入點唱機。換言之,將瞭解,本文中所描述之設定清單技術對於匿名使用者特用創建用於播放之歌曲之清單可特別有利。將瞭解,使用者可能夠(例如)藉由向點唱機註冊及/或登入已存在賬戶而將設定清單保存為播放清單以供後續使用。 In certain exemplary embodiments, setting a list may be advantageous, Because the settings list does not require the user to log in to the jukebox. In other words, it will be appreciated that the set list technique described herein may be particularly advantageous for anonymous users to create a list of songs for playback. It will be appreciated that the user may be able to save the settings list as a playlist for subsequent use, for example by registering with a jukebox and/or logging into an existing account.

圖24為根據特定例示性實施例的改良式音樂探索使用者介面之實例螢幕擷取畫面。如圖24所示,媒體集合中之元素可以似扇形配置2402顯示在螢幕之近似中心。集合可為(例如)來自內容類型、播放清單等之選擇。集合可包括預定數目個元素。選擇中之元素可為使用者判定的(例如,在播放清單之清單下)、由點唱機之提供者(例如,在內容類型之情況下)、由地點之所有者(例如,通常針對主題夜或針對地點)等判定。在圖24實例中,內容類型2404係以弧 形在螢幕之底部列出,且選擇「流行音樂」內容類型。 24 is an example screen capture of an improved music exploration user interface, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. As shown in Figure 24, the elements in the media collection can be displayed in a fan-like configuration 2402 at the approximate center of the screen. A collection can be, for example, a selection from a content type, a playlist, and the like. The collection can include a predetermined number of elements. The elements in the selection can be determined by the user (eg, under the playlist list), by the jukebox provider (eg, in the case of content types), by the owner of the location (eg, typically for the theme night) Or for the location) and so on. In the example of Figure 24, the content type 2404 is in an arc. The shape is listed at the bottom of the screen and the "Popular" content type is selected.

一旦判定集合,即可進一步規定集合類型。在圖 24實例畫面上存在三個按鈕2406以用於規定集合類型。此等選項包括演出者、專輯及歌曲。因此,集合中之元素可根據集合類型來分組或組織。在圖24實例中,集合類型為「歌曲」。因此,流行音樂選擇以似扇形配置提供在螢幕之近似中心。集合中之所有流行音樂選擇係作為歌曲單獨列出,因為歌曲為規定之集合類型。若規定專輯集合類型,則可顯示含有集合中之歌曲之專輯。類似地,若規定演出者集合類型,則可顯示表演集合中之歌曲之演出者。在後一情況下,演出者可按專輯或演出者瀏覽、作出選擇,且進一步自所選專輯或演出者選擇歌曲。不管元素如何按收集類型分組,相同歌曲應以不同方式來表示。 Once the set is determined, the set type can be further specified. In the picture There are three buttons 2406 on the 24 instance screen for specifying the collection type. These options include artist, album and song. Therefore, elements in a collection can be grouped or organized according to the type of collection. In the example of Figure 24, the collection type is "song". Therefore, pop music selection is provided in a fan-like configuration at the approximate center of the screen. All pop music choices in the collection are listed separately as songs because the songs are of the specified collection type. If the album collection type is specified, an album containing the songs in the collection can be displayed. Similarly, if the artist collection type is specified, the artist of the song in the performance collection can be displayed. In the latter case, the artist can browse, make a selection by album or artist, and further select a song from the selected album or artist. Regardless of how the elements are grouped by collection type, the same song should be represented in different ways.

一旦規定收集類型,即可(例如)使用排序指示符 2408來對收集中之項目進行排序。舉例而言,三個例示性排序按鈕係提供在歌曲之似扇形配置2402下。「A至Z」按鈕以字母表次序組織元素,星形按鈕根據風行度組織元素,且日曆按鈕提供元素之基於時間配置(例如,根據發行日期)。 Once the collection type is specified, the sort indicator can be used, for example. 2408 to sort the items in the collection. For example, three exemplary sorting buttons are provided under the fan-like configuration 2402 of the song. The "A to Z" buttons organize elements in alphabetical order, the star buttons organize elements according to popularity, and the calendar buttons provide time-based configuration of elements (eg, based on release date).

特定次序之選擇又將使「清除器列」2440出現。 在圖24實例中,選擇之次序為字母表次序,且因此,清除器列展示字母表之字母。使用者可使用清除器列(且詳言之,在圖24情況下,藉由選擇字母)來迅速地巡覽集合。選擇字母可使其發光或變得較大以用於強調。將瞭解,清除 器中展示之元素可基於選擇之次序而變化。針對風行度,可提供1至選擇中之元素之數目的一系列數字,且若選擇日曆次序,則可提供一系列日期、年或其類似者。將瞭解,在特定實例例子中,選擇演出者可不允許日曆次序被選擇,因為演出者通常不以專輯或歌曲具有發行日期之相同方式相關聯於年份。然而,在特定情況下,演出者之第一首單曲或第一張專輯之日期可用作為相關日期。 The selection of a particular order will in turn cause the "Clone Bar" 2440 to appear. In the example of Figure 24, the order of selection is in alphabetical order, and therefore, the cleaner column displays the letters of the alphabet. The user can use the cleaner column (and, in particular, in the case of Figure 24, by selecting letters) to quickly navigate the collection. Selecting a letter can make it glow or become larger for emphasis. Will understand, clear The elements displayed in the device may vary based on the order of selection. For popularity, a series of numbers from 1 to the number of elements in the selection can be provided, and if a calendar order is selected, a series of dates, years, or the like can be provided. It will be appreciated that in certain example instances, selecting an artist may not allow the calendar order to be selected because the artist is typically not associated with the year in the same manner that the album or song has the release date. However, in certain circumstances, the date of the artist's first single or first album may be used as the relevant date.

因此,在特定例示性實施例中,一點唱機裝置包 含:一顯示器;一非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之複數個媒體實例;以及至少一處理器,其經組配以使一使用者介面顯示於該顯示器上且經進一步組配以回應至該使用者介面之輸入。該使用者介面包括:至少一第一使用者介面元件,其經組配以使一使用者能夠自媒體實例之複數個可能集合選擇可用於播放的媒體實例之一集合,每一該集合表示可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之媒體之一不同部分子集;至少一第二使用者介面元件,其經組配以使該使用者能夠選擇用於分組該集合中之媒體之該等執行給踢的複數個可能分組模式中之一者,該等分組模式包括演出者、專輯及歌曲分組,其中該所選分組模式針對可能選擇判定將向該使用者呈現之項目;至少一第三使用者介面元件,其經組配以使該使用者能夠選擇用於排序針對可能選擇將向該使用者呈現之該等項目排序的複數個可能排序模式中之一者;以及一顯示區域,其用於顯示針 對可能選擇將向該使用者呈現之該等項目中之至少一些,該等項目係根據所選排序模式在該顯示區域內排序。該至少一第一使用者介面元件、該至少一第二使用者介面元件、該至少一第三使用者介面元件可全部同時在顯示器上顯示。在不同實施中,該集合可包括預界定內容類型及/或音樂主題、播放清單及/或其類似者。 Thus, in a particular exemplary embodiment, a single player package Including: a display; a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing a plurality of media instances operable on or via the jukebox device; and at least one processor configured to A user interface is displayed on the display and further configured to respond to input to the user interface. The user interface includes at least one first user interface component that is configured to enable a user to select a set of media instances available for playback from a plurality of possible sets of media instances, each of the set representations being available a different subset of one of the media played on or through the jukebox device; at least one second user interface component that is configured to enable the user to select for grouping in the collection One of a plurality of possible grouping patterns of the media that are executed for kicking, the grouping patterns including artist, album, and song grouping, wherein the selected grouping pattern is for an item that may be selected to be presented to the user for possible selection; At least a third user interface component that is configured to enable the user to select one of a plurality of possible ranking patterns for sorting the items that may be selected for presentation to the user; and Display area for displaying the needle For at least some of the items that may be presented to the user, the items are sorted within the display area according to the selected sorting mode. The at least one first user interface component, the at least one second user interface component, and the at least one third user interface component can all be simultaneously displayed on the display. In various implementations, the collection can include predefined content types and/or music themes, playlists, and/or the like.

該等排序模式可包括(例如)字母表次序模式、基 於風行度之次序模式及年代或日期次序模式。針對可能選擇將向該使用者呈現之每一項目可被指派風行度值,其中基於風行度之次序模式基於所指派之風行度值來排序針對可能選擇將向該使用者呈現之該等項目。風行度值可基於以下各者中之一或多者來指派:點唱機網路上之項目風行度、點唱機裝置所位於之場地處之項目風行度、產業圖上之項目風行度及/或一或多個社交網路網站上之項目風行度。在一些情況下,當選擇演出者分組模式時,可停用年份或日期次序模式。 The sorting modes may include, for example, an alphabetic order pattern, a base Order mode and age or date order mode. Each item that may be selected for presentation to the user may be assigned a popularity value, wherein the popularity based ordering pattern ranks the items that will be presented to the user for possible selection based on the assigned popularity value. The popularity value can be assigned based on one or more of the following: project popularity on the jukebox network, project popularity at the venue where the jukebox device is located, project popularity on the industry map, and/or one Or project popularity on multiple social networking sites. In some cases, the year or date order mode may be deactivated when the artist grouping mode is selected.

在特定例示性實施例中,使用者介面可進一步顯 示至少一第四使用者介面元件,其中該至少一第四使用者介面元件可基於所選排序模式來調適。該至少一第四使用者介面元件可包括字母(當選擇字母表次序模式時)、對應於風行度值之數字或線(當選擇基於風行度之次序模式時)、日期或日曆顯示(當選擇年份或日期次序模式時)等。在特定實施中,該顯示區域可包括針對可能選擇將向該使用者呈現之該等項目之一部分子集,其中該部分子集係基於關於該 至少一第四使用者介面元件作出之選擇而判定。 In a specific exemplary embodiment, the user interface can be further displayed At least one fourth user interface component is shown, wherein the at least one fourth user interface component can be adapted based on the selected ranking mode. The at least one fourth user interface element can include a letter (when the alphabetic order mode is selected), a number or line corresponding to the popularity value (when a windth order based mode is selected), a date or a calendar display (when selected In the year or date order mode) and so on. In a particular implementation, the display area can include a partial subset of the items that are likely to be presented to the user, wherein the partial subset is based on the Determined by at least one of the choices made by the fourth user interface component.

項目之一部分子集可以跨顯示器之大體中心區 域之似扇形配置在該顯示區域中顯示,其中所顯示之準確項目可基於對該至少一第四使用者介面元件之使用者操縱及/或至該顯示區域之使用者輸入而變化。在特定例示性實施例中,所顯示專輯項目之使用者選擇可導致在所選集合內且與所選專輯項目相關聯之歌曲之顯示在該顯示區域中顯示,及/或所顯示演出者項目之使用者選擇導致在所選集合內且與所選演出者項目相關聯之歌曲之顯示在該顯示區域中顯示。在特定例示性實施例中,所顯示歌曲項目之使用者選擇導致快顯畫面顯示,其中快顯畫面使使用者能夠確認所選歌曲將播放。可藉由模糊、褪色及/或減小快顯畫面後的使用者介面元件之灰度來實現快顯畫面之顯示。 A subset of the project can span the general center of the display A fan-like configuration of the fields is displayed in the display area, wherein the displayed accurate items may be varied based on user manipulation of the at least one fourth user interface element and/or user input to the display area. In certain exemplary embodiments, the user selection of the displayed album item may result in the display of the songs within the selected collection and associated with the selected album item being displayed in the display area, and/or the displayed artist item The user selects a display of the songs that are within the selected collection and associated with the selected artist item to be displayed in the display area. In certain exemplary embodiments, user selection of the displayed song item results in a quick display, wherein the quick display allows the user to confirm that the selected song will be played. The display of the fast display can be realized by blurring, fading, and/or reducing the gradation of the user interface component after the fast display.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方 法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 It can also provide the means to manufacture and / or use these jukebox devices. Method, which is a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that tangibly stores instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

許多點唱機、資訊站、遊戲裝置及其類似者已使 用外部燈來吸引及/或強調各種事件。此等裝置通常向顏色處理裝置發出直接命令。然而,不幸地,此控制技術常常使針對變化或事件相關情形(例如,為了以協調方式採用不同外觀)特製總體驗(例如,聲學、使用者介面、機電、環境及周邊)變得困難。更特定言之,已缺少的係以允許裝置及 其使用者介面作為整合系統合作之方式從上下文更改此等行為之能力。此問題之解決方法為創建將視覺周邊及顯示器之行為結合至主題之控制系統。在特定例示性實施例中,該主題因此可幫助描述使用者介面及周邊光之標準行為。 Many jukeboxes, kiosks, gaming devices and the like have made Use external lights to attract and/or highlight events. These devices typically issue direct commands to the color processing device. Unfortunately, however, this control technique often makes it difficult to tailor a total experience (eg, acoustics, user interface, electromechanical, environmental, and peripheral) to a change or event related situation (eg, to adopt a different look in a coordinated manner). More specifically, what is missing is to allow the device and Its user interface is the ability to change these behaviors from context as a way to integrate system cooperation. The solution to this problem is to create a control system that combines the behavior of the visual perimeter and display to the subject. In certain exemplary embodiments, the subject matter can thus help describe the standard behavior of the user interface and ambient light.

本文中所描述之例示性實施例可結合(例如)美 國申請案第29/371,255號中所展示及描述之類型的點唱機使用,該申請案之全部內容在此以引用方式併入本文中。 圖25a至圖25b展示根據特定例示性實施例的點唱機裝置之組件,且圖26為根據特定實例實施例的實例點唱機裝置之影像。如自圖25a可見,提供回流燈區段(1)以及輪廓燈區段(2)。LED顯示器(3)位於付款機構吸引燈(4)上方,其中之後者幫助充當主顯示幕及使用者介面之主要部分。可提供近場通訊吸引燈(5)。使用者可經由接近付款機構吸引燈之付款接受器(6)來提供付款。亦可在主啟動開關周圍提供主啟動開關燈(7)。圖25b為根據特定例示性實施例的圖25a中所展示之LED顯示器(3)的特寫。如自圖25b可見,LED顯示器(3)可包含個別LED元件(9)之陣列之一部分。在特定例示性實施例中,至少LED顯示器(3)及主顯示幕可被普通觸敏面板覆蓋。 The exemplary embodiments described herein may be combined with, for example, beauty A jukebox of the type shown and described in U.S. Application Serial No. 29/ 371, 255, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. 25a-25b show components of a jukebox device, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments, and FIG. 26 is an image of an example jukebox device, in accordance with a particular example embodiment. As can be seen from Figure 25a, a return lamp section (1) and a profiled light section (2) are provided. The LED display (3) is located above the payment mechanism attraction light (4), with the latter helping to serve as the main part of the main display and user interface. Near field communication attracting lights (5) are available. The user can provide payment via a payment acceptor (6) that is close to the payment institution. A main start switch light (7) can also be provided around the main start switch. Figure 25b is a close-up of the LED display (3) shown in Figure 25a, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. As can be seen from Figure 25b, the LED display (3) can comprise a portion of an array of individual LED elements (9). In a particular exemplary embodiment, at least the LED display (3) and the primary display can be covered by a conventional touch sensitive panel.

如圖26所示,點唱機裝置2600包括經組配以(例 如)在建置至點唱機裝置2600中之至少一處理器之控制下顯示主使用者介面的主顯示幕2602。副顯示器2604(在特定實例實施例中,該副顯示器包含LED陣列)亦提供在主顯示 幕2602上方。在特定實例實施例中,副顯示器2604可經組配以顯示似FFT資料、歡迎訊息、動態或靜態文字等。在特定實例實施例中,主顯示器2602及/或副顯示器2604可完全或部分地被玻璃或其他觸敏基體2606覆蓋。此觸敏基體2606可將互用性提供給諸如副顯示器2604之其他靜態元件。在特定實例實施例中,主顯示幕2602可為第一觸控螢幕顯示器本身,且可僅在副顯示器2604上提供觸敏。當然,在不同實施例中,其他配置係可能的。 As shown in FIG. 26, the jukebox device 2600 includes a combination (for example) For example, the main display screen 2602 of the main user interface is displayed under the control of at least one processor built into the jukebox device 2600. Secondary display 2604 (in a particular example embodiment, the secondary display includes an array of LEDs) is also provided on the primary display Above the curtain 2602. In a particular example embodiment, secondary display 2604 can be configured to display FFT-like data, welcome messages, dynamic or static text, and the like. In a particular example embodiment, main display 2602 and/or secondary display 2604 may be fully or partially covered by glass or other touch sensitive substrate 2606. This touch sensitive substrate 2606 can provide interoperability to other static components such as the secondary display 2604. In a particular example embodiment, the primary display 2602 can be the first touchscreen display itself, and can only provide touch sensitivity on the secondary display 2604. Of course, other configurations are possible in different embodiments.

可提供實體互動按鈕2608以獲取由使用者介面 指定之動作。在特定例示性實施例中,可在按鈕2608周圍安置照明元件。可在按鈕2608上放置裝飾「播放」或其他符號以改良其審美外觀。 A physical interaction button 2608 can be provided to obtain a user interface The specified action. In certain exemplary embodiments, a lighting element can be placed around button 2608. A decorative "play" or other symbol can be placed on button 2608 to improve its aesthetic appearance.

可在點唱機裝置2600之周邊周圍提供一或多個 照明元件2610。在不同實施例中,該一或多個照明元件2610可作為單一元件、作為區段等而操作。在特定例示性實施例中,可提供、建構及/或控制該一或多個照明元件2610以便模擬較經典或復古型式之霓虹燈。儘管未圖示,但一或多個燈元件可安置在點唱機裝置後部或指向點唱機裝置後部,(例如)以便提供「牆照明(wall wash)」或背光。亦可在點唱機裝置2600之外部周邊周圍提供框架2612,(例如)以便給予點唱機裝置完整或「無縫」之外表及感覺。 One or more may be provided around the periphery of the jukebox device 2600 Lighting element 2610. In various embodiments, the one or more lighting elements 2610 can operate as a single element, as a segment, or the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the one or more lighting elements 2610 can be provided, constructed, and/or controlled to simulate neon lights that are more classic or retro. Although not shown, one or more of the light elements can be placed at the rear of the jukebox device or at the rear of the jukebox device, for example, to provide a "wall wash" or backlight. A frame 2612 can also be provided around the outer periphery of the jukebox device 2600, for example, to give the jukebox device a complete or "seamless" look and feel.

可提供一或多個付款接受器。如圖26實例中所 示,提供信用卡接受器2614,以及第一及第二紙幣接受器2616及2618。在特定實例實施例中,可提供硬幣接受器, 其可為RF-ID讀取器。 One or more payment acceptors are available. As shown in the example in Figure 26 A credit card acceptor 2614 is provided, as well as first and second bill acceptors 2616 and 2618. In a specific example embodiment, a coin acceptor can be provided, It can be an RF-ID reader.

普通調色板及主題行為類型可應用於此等視覺 資產之一些或全部,使得視覺資產係合作且有吸引力的,而非粗糙且隨機的。舉例而言,面向後部之燈(1)、面向前部之燈輪廓(2)、LED顯示器(3)上之文字或圖形及出現在使用者介面內的加重顏色(12)之全部使用可設定至相同顏色屬性。接著,此屬性可根據集合週期性且藉由使用色彩範圍或特定顏色之序列(由RGB、全色調(pantone)或其他色彩描述方法界定)而變化。此屬性之效果可為高度協調之視覺外觀。 Common palettes and theme behavior types can be applied to such visuals Some or all of the assets make the visual assets cooperative and attractive, rather than rough and random. For example, the rear-facing lamp (1), the front-facing lamp profile (2), the text or graphics on the LED display (3), and the weighting color (12) appearing in the user interface can all be set. To the same color attribute. This property can then be varied periodically according to the set and by using a range of colors or a sequence of specific colors (defined by RGB, pantone, or other color description methods). The effect of this property can be a highly coordinated visual appearance.

可提供共同指令碼或資料以用於(例如)在色 彩、變化之週期性、同步規則方面等使顯示元素同步。將瞭解,藉由取代新資料集合,可在不更改軟體或硬體之任一者的情況下使裝置及所顯現之使用者介面之整個總外觀變化。此又允許同一系統在多種多樣的商業及/或住宅機構中使用,且進一步提供調適已建立設計及常常識別商標之商標色彩使用之能力。 A common instruction code or material can be provided for (for example) in color Color, change periodicity, synchronization rules, etc. synchronize the display elements. It will be appreciated that by replacing the new data set, the overall overall appearance of the device and the user interface presented can be varied without changing either the software or the hardware. This in turn allows the same system to be used in a wide variety of commercial and/or residential establishments, and further provides the ability to adapt the use of logo colors that have established designs and often identify trademarks.

此等技術亦可允許已對特定照明及設計投資之 獨立地點特製所有照明之色彩、強度及步調,使得照明可適合於其建立之裝飾,從而始終受益於看上去針對此地點已自訂調色之螢幕上使用者介面之手動或自動協調。 These technologies may also allow for investment in specific lighting and designs. The independent location is tailored to the color, intensity and pace of all lighting, making the lighting suitable for the decoration it creates, thus always benefiting from the manual or automatic coordination of the on-screen user interface that appears to be customizable for this location.

在特定例示性實施例中,系統可經設定以使用預 先計劃之調色板,但將此調色板應用於不同節奏,例如,此刻正在播放之歌曲之實際節拍及/或頻率,或針對地點建 立之設定步調。此色彩及圖案之組合可幫助構成地點之照明主題。 In certain exemplary embodiments, the system can be set to use pre- First plan the palette, but apply this palette to different tempos, for example, the actual beat and/or frequency of the song being played at the moment, or for the location Set the pace. This combination of colors and patterns helps to illuminate the lighting theme of the location.

自訂可用收集至諸如「鄉村」或「城市」之影像 集合中的影像之集合來增強,且此等影像可具有描述照明主題之相關聯中繼資料。 Customizable collection of images such as "Country" or "City" A collection of images in the collection is enhanced, and such images may have associated relay material that describes the lighting theme.

當該等影像呈現在系統之嵌入式螢幕上或具有 來自系統之內容之遠端螢幕上時,照明可跟隨影像之進入及退出動畫。此照明節奏可「關於幻燈片放映」,且將跟隨影像之光色彩、發光度及節奏可基於相關聯於每一影像的中繼資料而呈現,例如,如在印刷品之基質中,照明光可增強或補充影像內之特定色彩。此可有利地幫助提供(例如)藉由同時投影互補色彩而使影像之視覺影響超出其實際大小之能力。 When the images are presented on the embedded screen of the system or have When coming from the remote screen of the system's content, the illumination follows the image's entry and exit animation. The lighting rhythm can be "about slide show", and the color, illuminance and rhythm of the light that follows the image can be presented based on the relay data associated with each image, for example, in a matrix of printed matter, the illumination can be Enhance or supplement specific colors within the image. This can advantageously help provide the ability to make the visual impact of the image beyond its actual size, for example, by simultaneously projecting complementary colors.

在特定例示性實施例中,影像之呈現與照明屬性 之協調可涉及本地或遠端螢幕上之靜止或全運動廣告之呈現。可(例如)根據廣告之顯示而暫時呈現商標顏色或簽名對比度。可基於經界定事件來超越圖案。舉例而言,若音樂播放事件發生,則裝置上之燈圖案可採用節奏及色彩選擇以提供伴隨之歌曲視覺化。換言之,在特定例示性實施例中,可界定優先權,且可使廣告著色效應相對於音樂相關事件變得次要等。 Image rendering and lighting properties in certain exemplary embodiments Coordination can involve the presentation of still or full motion advertisements on a local or remote screen. The trademark color or signature contrast can be temporarily presented, for example, based on the display of the advertisement. The pattern can be overridden based on the defined event. For example, if a music play event occurs, the light pattern on the device can be tempo and color selected to provide accompanying song visualization. In other words, in certain exemplary embodiments, priority may be defined and the advertising coloring effect may be made secondary to music related events, and the like.

在特定例示性實施例中,可從「鍵框」方面描述 每一著色圖案。舉例而言,對於每一通道,可存在多個鍵框,其中每一鍵框係由待使用給定放鬆模式自當前色彩開 始至特定時間點計算的通道之色彩之端值界定。時間點可使用以間隔[0,1]表示進程之色值來界定。放鬆模式可為將時間轉譯成當自鍵框轉至鍵框時所使用之尺寸過程因數之數學函數。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, it may be described in terms of a "keyframe" Each coloring pattern. For example, for each channel, there may be multiple keyframes, each of which is opened from the current color by the given relaxation mode to be used The end value definition of the color of the channel calculated from the specific time point. The point in time can be defined using the color value of the process represented by the interval [0, 1]. The relaxation mode translates the time into a mathematical function of the size process factor used when moving from the keyframe to the keyframe.

下文為根據特定例示性實施例的界定燈光表演 圖案之例示性指令碼。更特定言之,下文之實例指令碼界定具10秒持續時間且對構成照明牆之6個通道之色彩進行操作的燈光表演圖案。對於第一通道,第一鍵框在圖案之持續時間的前10%中將色彩自黑色變為藍色。第二鍵框將在持續時間的10%至20%中將色彩自藍色變為綠色。第三鍵框將在持續時間的接下來20%至持續時間的30%中將色彩自綠色變為紅色,且最後一個鍵框將在持續時間的30%至40%中將色彩自紅色變為黑色。 The following is a definition of a light show in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. An exemplary instruction code for the pattern. More specifically, the example script below defines a light show pattern having a duration of 10 seconds and operating on the colors of the six channels that make up the lighting wall. For the first channel, the first keyframe changes the color from black to blue in the first 10% of the duration of the pattern. The second keyframe will change the color from blue to green in 10% to 20% of the duration. The third keyframe will change the color from green to red for the next 20% of the duration to 30% of the duration, and the last keyframe will change the color from red to 30% to 40% of the duration. black.

對於第二通道,第一鍵框將在圖案之持續時間的 10%至20%中將色彩自黑色變為藍色。第二鍵框將在持續時間的20%至30%中將色彩自藍色變為綠色。第三鍵框將在持續時間的接下來30%至持續時間的40%中將色彩自綠色變為紅色,且最後一個鍵框將在持續時間的40%至50%中將色彩自紅色變為黑色,諸如此類。 For the second channel, the first keyframe will be at the duration of the pattern From 10% to 20%, the color changes from black to blue. The second keyframe will change the color from blue to green in 20% to 30% of the duration. The third keyframe will change the color from green to red for the next 30% of the duration to 40% of the duration, and the last keyframe will change the color from red to 40% to 50% of the duration. Black, and so on.

圖27為根據特定例示性實施例的正在配色及同步中之點唱機裝置上的視覺組件之例示性圖。在圖27實例中,正在展示Verizon之廣告。就此而言,LED顯示器顯示Verizon,且Verizon標誌出現在主顯示區域中。另外,作為主顯示器之一部分,LED顯示文字係紅色的。牆照明亦係紅色的,且輪廓燈區段係白色的以用於對比。在歌曲播放期間可應用紅色Verizon主題,如圖27所示,在該圖中,正在播放Black Eyed Peas之歌曲「Boom Boom Pow」。在特定例示性實施例中,可為歌曲指定自訂訊息(例如)以在演出者演唱同一歌曲時在LED顯示器中顯示「Boom Boom Boom!!!」。在此情況下,可使歌曲特定文字優先。然而,可維持紅色Verizon主題,以使得文字以該色彩圖案顯示。 27 is an illustrative diagram of visual components on a jukebox device in color matching and synchronization, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. In the example of Figure 27, Verizon's advertisement is being shown. In this regard, the LED display shows Verizon and the Verizon logo appears in the main display area. In addition, as part of the main display, the LED display text is red. The wall lighting is also red and the contour sections are white for comparison. The red Verizon theme can be applied during song playback, as shown in Figure 27, in which the song "Boom Boom Pow" of Black Eyed Peas is being played. In certain exemplary embodiments, a custom message may be assigned to the song (for example) to display "Boom Boom Boom!!!" in the LED display when the artist sings the same song. In this case, song specific text can be prioritized. However, the red Verizon theme can be maintained so that the text is displayed in that color pattern.

在特定實例實施中,著色在不同顯示元素之間可不精確,即使當規定相同色彩時。舉例而言,陣列中之LED可具有影響產生之色彩的特定CRI或其他值,而主顯示器可具有影響產生之色彩的第二CRI或其他值。LED陣列中之LED可能仍不同於輪廓燈區段等。牆照明可受牆壁上之漆、環境光等影響。 In a particular example implementation, coloring may be inaccurate between different display elements, even when the same color is specified. For example, an LED in an array can have a particular CRI or other value that affects the color produced, while a primary display can have a second CRI or other value that affects the color produced. The LEDs in the LED array may still differ from the contoured light segments and the like. Wall lighting can be affected by paint on the wall, ambient light, and the like.

為了提供一致著色,系統可規定輸出之不同色 彩,以使得該等色彩對觀察者而言看上去相同。在某些方面(例如,針對LED陣列、主顯示區域及輪廓燈),差別可為預定的。然而,始終預測且預先補償可影響最終著色之地點特定因素可為不可能的。在此等情況下,攝影機可用以幫助判定環境之特性。可分析及/或使用來自攝影機之資料以調整以一或多個元件之著色,使得一致著色係可能的。 在特定例示性實施例中,可提供基於軟體之彩色濾光模式,以用於幫助收集資料、計算位移值(例如,根據一數學公式)及提供指令或色彩位移碼以供作業系統在指示針對顯示元素中之每一者哪些色彩將被輸出時考慮。 In order to provide consistent coloring, the system can specify different colors of the output Color so that the colors look the same to the viewer. In some aspects (eg, for LED arrays, main display areas, and contour lights), the difference can be predetermined. However, it may not be possible to always predict and pre-compensate for location-specific factors that may affect final coloration. In such cases, the camera can be used to help determine the characteristics of the environment. Information from the camera can be analyzed and/or used to adjust the coloring of one or more components such that consistent coloring is possible. In certain exemplary embodiments, a software-based color filter mode may be provided for aiding in collecting data, calculating displacement values (eg, according to a mathematical formula), and providing instructions or color displacement codes for the operating system to indicate Each of the display elements will be considered when the colors will be output.

在特定例示性實施例中,提供一點唱機裝置。該 點唱機裝置可包括(例如):至少一顯示裝置;設置在該至少一顯示裝置上方的LED元件之一大體上細長陣列;一回流燈,其配置在該點唱機裝置之一後部分處且經組配以產生在該點唱機裝置後面之光;一輪廓燈,其安置在該點唱機裝置之周邊周圍;一實質上圓形之啟動開關或按鈕;一非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體,其儲存可用於在該點唱機裝置上或經由該點唱機裝置播放之複數個媒體實例;以及至少一處理器,其經組配以提供一使用者介面且經進一步組配以至少部分地基於相關聯於該使用者介面之事件來協調照明事件。亦可提供至少一付款收集器,具有相對緊密接近其提供之相關聯付款機構吸引燈。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, a single phonograph device is provided. The The jukebox device can include, for example: at least one display device; a substantially elongated array of one of the LED elements disposed above the at least one display device; a return lamp disposed at a rear portion of the jukebox device and Arranging to produce light behind the jukebox device; a contour lamp disposed about the periphery of the jukebox device; a substantially circular activation switch or button; a non-transitory computer readable storage medium Storing a plurality of media instances usable on or via the jukebox device; and at least one processor configured to provide a user interface and further configured to be based at least in part on an association The lighting event is coordinated by events of the user interface. At least one payment collector may also be provided, with an associated payment mechanism attracting light relatively close to it.

該至少一處理器可獨立於指令碼(例如,基於 XML之指令碼)來協調照明事件,且指令碼可包括關於哪些燈將被啟動、燈何時被啟動及哪個色彩將被顯示之指示。 The at least one processor can be independent of the instruction code (eg, based on The XML scripts coordinate the lighting events, and the scripts may include an indication of which lights will be activated, when the lights are activated, and which colors will be displayed.

至少某些媒體實例可具有與之相關聯之主題,其 中該等主題可由該至少一處理器辨識,以使得當播放時,該至少一處理器結合對應主題來創建照明事件。類似地,該點唱機裝置可經組配以顯示廣告,其中廣告中之至少一些具有與之相關聯之主題,且其中該等主題可由該至少一處理器辨識,以使得當顯示時,該至少一處理器結合對應主題來創建照明事件。 At least some media instances may have a theme associated with them, The topics may be recognized by the at least one processor such that when played, the at least one processor creates a lighting event in conjunction with the corresponding theme. Similarly, the jukebox device can be assembled to display an advertisement, wherein at least some of the advertisements have a theme associated therewith, and wherein the topics are identifiable by the at least one processor such that when displayed, the at least A processor combines the corresponding topics to create a lighting event.

可在該至少一顯示裝置及LED元件之該陣列兩 者之上安置一單一觸敏基體。該至少一處理器可經組配以監視至該觸敏基體之輸入且回應於至上覆區域之偵測觸碰選擇性地啟動LED元件之該陣列中之LED元件。 The array of the at least one display device and the LED element Place a single touch sensitive substrate above the person. The at least one processor can be configured to monitor an input to the touch sensitive substrate and selectively activate LED elements in the array of LED elements in response to detecting touches to the overlying region.

該至少一處理器可經組配以藉由使將產生之色 值位移來協調具有由不同光源產生之一致色彩之照明事件以解釋由光源及/或回應於周圍環境產生之光之差異。在特定例示性實施例中,該點唱機裝置可進一步包含一攝影機。該至少一處理器可經組配以使用來自該攝影機之資料判定環境條件。 The at least one processor can be assembled to make the color to be produced The value shifts to coordinate illumination events having uniform colors produced by different light sources to account for differences in light produced by the light source and/or in response to the surrounding environment. In a particular exemplary embodiment, the jukebox device can further include a camera. The at least one processor can be assembled to determine environmental conditions using data from the camera.

亦可提供製造及/或使用此等點唱機裝置之方 法,其為以有形方式儲存用於使用此等點唱機裝置/提供此等使用者介面之指令的非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體。在不同例示性實施例中,亦可提供(例如)包括複數個點唱機裝置之點唱機系統。 It can also provide the means to manufacture and / or use these jukebox devices. Method, which is a non-transitory computer readable storage medium that tangibly stores instructions for use of such jukebox devices/providing such user interfaces. In various exemplary embodiments, a jukebox system including, for example, a plurality of jukebox devices may also be provided.

在特定例示性實施例中,可提供伴唱機特徵。舉 例而言,可藉由將歌曲連結至歌詞指令碼而啟用伴唱機特徵。此等指令碼可具有與歌曲中之時間相關聯之歌詞,且視情況可進一步包括用於在歌曲將被演唱時反白顯示文字、在歌曲已唱完後移除文字、在歌曲將被演唱時引入新文字等的動畫資訊(例如,動態文字)。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, a phonograph feature can be provided. Lift For example, the phonograph feature can be enabled by linking the song to the lyric command code. These scripts may have lyrics associated with the time in the song, and may optionally include for displaying text in reverse when the song is to be sung, removing the text after the song has been sung, and the song will be sung Introduce animation information such as new text (for example, dynamic text).

在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機可接收實況串 流。舉例而言,在特定例示性實施例中,DJ可同時串流傳輸音樂至多個地點處之多個點唱機。類似地,一地點中之DJ可聯繫至場地之點唱機系統且將該場地中之一些或全部點唱機變為揚聲器系統。 In a particular illustrative embodiment, the jukebox can receive live strings flow. For example, in certain exemplary embodiments, the DJ can simultaneously stream music to multiple jukeboxes at multiple locations. Similarly, a DJ in a location can contact the venue's jukebox system and turn some or all of the jukeboxes into a speaker system.

圖28為根據特定例示性實施例的使使用者能夠 存取組合式伴唱機/照相亭點唱機之複數個不同特徵之實例螢幕擷取畫面。同上,圖28實例中之點唱機2800包括LED陣列2802(在說明中,該陣列展示來自FFT或其類似者之輸出)及主顯示器2804(該主顯示器可為觸控螢幕顯示器)。主顯示器2804包括使用者介面元件之相當大部分,使用者與該等使用者介面元件互動且具有針對演出者「Pink」而應用之「皮膚」,例如,如可選皮膚標籤2806所指示。在此實例中,皮膚包括背景影像及點唱機之特定控制元件之預界定著色。場地之名稱之指示係顯示於區域2808中,且在此實例中為「Karaoke Club 850」。現在播放之歌曲係與關於歌曲之可選圖形元素一起顯示於區域2810中,且可用信用點之數目係展示於信用計量區域2812中。在此實例中,專 輯作品係與文字一起顯示於區域中,且0信用點可用。 28 is a diagram enabling a user to enable a user in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments An example of a screen capture of a plurality of different features of a combined phonograph/photo booth jukebox. As above, the jukebox 2800 of the example of Figure 28 includes an LED array 2802 (in the description, the array shows the output from an FFT or the like) and a main display 2804 (which may be a touch screen display). The main display 2804 includes a substantial portion of the user interface components that the user interacts with the user interface elements and have a "skin" applied to the artist "Pink", for example, as indicated by the optional skin label 2806. In this example, the skin includes a background image and a predefined coloration of a particular control element of the jukebox. The indication of the name of the venue is shown in area 2808, and in this example is "Karaoke Club 850." The now played songs are displayed in area 2810 along with optional graphical elements for the song, and the number of available credits is displayed in credit metering area 2812. In this example, special The series is displayed in the area along with the text, and 0 credits are available.

若使用者希望播放一歌曲,則使用者可選擇顯示 於為顯示器2804之大體中心之似扇形陣列2814中的控制元件中之任一者。提供控制元件以用於結合預界定內容類型、本地最愛(其可基於一或多個地點處之實際點唱機使用開發、由諸如營銷專員或地點擁有者之授權人員規定)、新歌及流行歌曲(例如,如基於分散至場地之新媒體或歌曲之主類別所判定;基於一或多個地點(諸如,所有地點、特定人員所擁有之所有地點)處之播放;由特定操作者服務之所有地點;根據產業圖;等)之清單、根據網站上界定及/或由已註冊點唱機顧客可公開得到之播放清單等來瀏覽歌曲。 使用者亦可(例如)使用適當控制元件在本端搜尋歌曲及/或自主類別搜尋歌曲。使用者可(例如)藉由選擇自模式陣列2816選擇對應控制元件而在伴唱點唱機模式、普通點唱機模式及照相亭模式之間切換。在特定例示性實施例中,亦可顯示廣告橫幅2818。在2012年9月18日申請之美國申請案第13/621,922號中描述了實例照相亭使用者介面特徵,該美國申請案之全部內容在此以引用方式併入本文中。在特定例示性實施例中,照相亭模式中之操作可限於預界定持續時間(例如,2分鐘、5分鐘等)及/或照片或照片循環之數目(例如,3張照片或3個照片循環等),例如,以幫助避免點唱機係受控的且不能直接用於普通點唱機及/或伴唱點唱機相關操作之情況。 If the user wishes to play a song, the user can choose to display Any of the control elements in the fan-like array 2814 that is the general center of the display 2804. Providing control elements for use in conjunction with predefined content types, local favorites (which may be based on actual jukebox usage development at one or more locations, by authorized personnel such as marketing specialists or location owners), new songs, and popular songs ( For example, as determined based on the main category of new media or songs scattered to the venue; based on one or more locations (such as all locations, all locations owned by a particular person); all locations served by a particular operator Browse the songs according to the list of industry maps; etc., according to the definitions on the website and/or by publicly available playlists of registered jukebox customers. The user can also search for songs and/or autonomous categories to search for songs at the local end, for example, using appropriate control elements. The user can switch between the chorus jukebox mode, the normal jukebox mode, and the kiosk mode, for example, by selecting the corresponding control element from the mode array 2816. In certain exemplary embodiments, an advertisement banner 2818 may also be displayed. An example kiosk user interface feature is described in U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 13/621,922, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. In certain exemplary embodiments, the operations in the kiosk mode may be limited to a predefined duration (eg, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, etc.) and/or the number of photo or photo cycles (eg, 3 photos or 3 photo cycles) Etc.), for example, to help avoid situations where the jukebox is controlled and cannot be used directly with normal jukeboxes and/or accompaniment machines.

圖29為根據特定例示性實施例的使使用者能夠 存取伴唱點唱機特徵的實例螢幕擷取畫面。圖29實例螢幕擷取畫面具有類似於圖28實例螢幕擷取畫面之視覺外觀且併有相同指示符之一些。舉例而言,在圖29中提供信用點計量2812及場地標籤2808。提供返回至主選擇畫面(例如,圖28中所示)之首頁2902,作為社交網路連結2904。參看(例如)美國公開案第2012/0158531號,該案之全部內容在此以引用方式併入。提供類似於似扇形陣列2814的伴唱機相關選項之似扇形陣列2900。藉由選擇適當圖示,使用者可按演出者、按歌曲、經由主搜尋(例如,其查看關於演出者名稱、專輯名稱、歌曲名稱、歌詞及/或其類似者之資訊之組合收集)或自歌集來搜尋伴唱機歌曲。使用者亦可玩伴唱機相關遊戲。將在下文較詳細地描述各種子模式。 29 is a diagram enabling a user to enable a user in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments An example of an access screen singer feature is captured. The example screen capture screen of FIG. 29 has some visual appearance similar to the screen capture screen of the example of FIG. 28 and has some of the same indicators. For example, credit meter 2812 and venue label 2808 are provided in FIG. A home page 2902 that returns to the main selection screen (eg, as shown in FIG. 28) is provided as a social network connection 2904. See, for example, U.S. Publication No. 2012/0158531, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. A fan-like array 2900 similar to the phonograph related options of the fan-like array 2814 is provided. By selecting the appropriate icon, the user can collect by artist, by song, via a primary search (eg, by viewing a combination of information about the artist name, album name, song name, lyrics, and/or the like) or From the collection of songs to search for phonograph songs. Users can also play karaoke related games. The various sub-modes will be described in more detail below.

圖30為根據特定例示性實施例的伴唱點唱機之 實例演出者選擇畫面。圖30實例螢幕擷取畫面包括按演出者配置之歌曲之可瀏覽清單。使用者可選擇緊接演出者/歌曲清單之歌詞按鈕(例如)以驗證歌曲係預期之歌曲。在一些例子中,此可為令人希望的,因為有許多歌曲具有實際上十分難以彼此區別之相同或類似名稱,且可能之伴唱機表演者不能始終能夠預先挑選出是否選擇了正確歌曲。然而,藉由瀏覽歌詞,可能之伴唱機表演者可能夠驗證選擇了正確歌曲。使用不包括歌詞之習知打印出歌本,此係實際上不可能的。 30 is a vocal jukebox in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment The example artist selects the screen. The example screen capture screen of Figure 30 includes a browseable list of songs configured by the artist. The user can select the lyrics button (for example) next to the artist/song list to verify that the song is the expected song. In some instances, this may be desirable because there are many songs with the same or similar names that are actually very difficult to distinguish from each other, and possibly a phonograph performer cannot always pre-select whether the correct song is selected. However, by browsing the lyrics, it is possible that the phonograph performer can verify that the correct song was selected. It is virtually impossible to print a songbook using a convention that does not include lyrics.

使用者可藉由選擇許多不同控制元件來移動遍及清單。舉例而言,左箭頭3002a及右箭頭3002b可用以使 清單一次前進一「頁面」。舉例而言,當主伴唱機歌曲清單(可自該清單作出選擇)包括數目大於可展示於顯示器上之歌曲之數目的歌曲時,可將子集組織成頁面。類似於習知印出歌集,按下左箭頭3002a及右箭頭3002b可一次翻過一「頁面」以顯示愈來愈多歌曲。 The user can move through the list by selecting a number of different control elements. For example, the left arrow 3002a and the right arrow 3002b can be used to make The list advances one page at a time. For example, when the master phonograph song list (which can be selected from the list) includes a number of songs greater than the number of songs that can be displayed on the display, the subset can be organized into pages. Similar to the custom printed album, press the left arrow 3002a and the right arrow 3002b to scroll through a "page" at a time to display more and more songs.

將結合圖31展示實例頁面翻動動作。將瞭解,此 動畫可看上去且感覺為機械或自動的以向使用者傳遞:頁面正在由點唱機裝置本身翻動。當頁面翻動時,正被翻動之頁面上之正反面3102a及3102b上之清單可為可顯示的,且正在展現之頁面3104可被展示且舊頁面3106被覆蓋。在特定實例中,頁面在其正在翻轉中時可為透明、半透明或不透明的。 An example page flip action will be shown in conjunction with FIG. Will understand this The animation can look and feel mechanical or automatic to pass to the user: the page is being flipped by the jukebox device itself. When the page is flipped, the list on the front and back sides 3102a and 3102b on the page being flipped may be displayable, and the page 3104 being presented may be displayed and the old page 3106 is overwritten. In a particular example, the page may be transparent, translucent, or opaque as it is being flipped.

使用者亦可將頁面往下壓以達成類似動作,例 如,如結合圖32所示。與結合圖31實例提供之較自動之感覺相比,此類手指拖曳移動可能更樸實且可較緊密地回應使用者之實際移動,就像正在翻動一書中之一頁面的人員可以許多不同方式抓住一角且使該角移動通過該書。相關聯於手指拖曳移動的圖32中之顯示之其他態樣可類似於上文結合圖31所論述之態樣,例如,關於正被翻動之頁面之正反面上所展示之文字等。 The user can also press the page down to achieve a similar action, for example For example, as shown in connection with FIG. Such finger drag movements may be more simplistic and more responsive to the actual movement of the user than the more automatic feel provided by the example of Figure 31, as the person who is flipping a page in a book may have many different ways. Grab a corner and move the corner through the book. Other aspects of the display in FIG. 32 associated with finger drag movement may be similar to those discussed above in connection with FIG. 31, for example, with respect to the text displayed on the front and back of the page being flipped.

再次參看圖30,類似於如上所述,清除器列可用 以快速地前進通過清單,例如,藉由更新顯示以直接反映特定輸入項目之清單之開始、藉由在使用者拖曳其手指時跨頁面掃描等。可應用頁面翻動動畫,以使得(例如)直接選 擇字母展示許多頁面正被翻動之一次翻動,跨頁面掃描反映迅速翻閱頁面之角及/或頁面之快速翻動等。在特定實例實施例中,若使用者選擇一字母,則顯示可前進,以使得以該字母開頭之輸入項目在最前面。舉例而言,此可使在頁面之開始通常不出現之輸入項目得到相應調整,此對靜態書而言係不可能的。在其他例子中,當選擇一字母時,頁面可前進至包括具有該字母之第一輸入項目之頁面而不格式化正在調整之頁面,類似於普通書。 Referring again to Figure 30, similar to the above, the cleaner column is available. To advance quickly through the list, for example, by updating the display to directly reflect the beginning of a list of particular input items, by cross-page scanning when the user drags their finger, and the like. Page flip animation can be applied to make (for example) direct selection The letter selection shows that many pages are being flipped, and the cross-page scan reflects the rapid flipping of the corners of the page and/or the rapid flipping of the page. In a particular example embodiment, if the user selects a letter, the display may proceed such that the input item beginning with the letter is at the forefront. For example, this allows the input items that normally do not appear at the beginning of the page to be adjusted accordingly, which is not possible for static books. In other examples, when a letter is selected, the page can be advanced to include a page with the first input item of the letter without formatting the page being adjusted, similar to a regular book.

排序指示符3006類似於上文結合排序指示符 2408所描述之排序指示符。因此,類似於上文,一旦使用(例如)圖29所示之主伴唱機畫面作出選擇,集合中之項目即可被排序。同上,三個例示性排序按鈕係提供在歌曲之清單下,其中「A至Z」按鈕以字母表次序組織元素,星形按鈕根據風行度組織元素,且日曆按鈕提供元素之基於時間配置(例如,根據發行日期)。 The sort indicator 3006 is similar to the above combined sort indicator The sort indicator described by 2408. Thus, similar to the above, once a selection is made using, for example, the master phonograph screen shown in Figure 29, the items in the collection can be sorted. As above, three exemplary sorting buttons are provided under the list of songs, where the "A to Z" buttons organize the elements in alphabetical order, the star buttons organize the elements according to the popularity, and the calendar buttons provide time based configuration of the elements (eg , according to the date of issue).

藉由選擇演出者按鈕3008a、歌曲按鈕3008b或歌 集按鈕3008c,使用者可使集合變化且使顯示更新。使用者亦可藉由按下遊戲按鈕3010而轉至伴唱機相關遊戲,且亦可使用搜尋按鈕3012來開始搜尋。因此,將瞭解,圖29中之似扇形陣列2900中所展示之選項可為可存取的且選自特定子模式顯示中之至少一些。 By selecting artist button 3008a, song button 3008b or song Set button 3008c, the user can change the collection and update the display. The user can also switch to the karaoke machine related game by pressing the game button 3010, and can also use the search button 3012 to start the search. Thus, it will be appreciated that the options shown in fan-like array 2900 in Figure 29 can be accessible and selected from at least some of the particular sub-mode displays.

舉例而言,當使用者自圖30所示之清單選擇歌曲 時,可顯示詳細之歌曲選擇畫面。圖33為根據特定例示性實施例的詳細伴唱機歌曲選擇畫面之實例螢幕擷取畫面。 如圖33所示,歌曲選擇畫面3300可規定歌曲之名稱及演唱之歌曲所屬之樣式(例如,表演該歌曲之原始版本之演出者之名稱)。亦可顯示用以表演歌曲之音調以及歌曲之持續時間。使用者可按下用以起始按演出者搜尋其他歌曲之查詢之按鈕,且所得清單可在新視窗中、在圖30所示之主清單之更新版本中或以某一其他方式展示。舉例而言,出於類似於上文所提供之原因的許多原因,使用者亦可獲得歌曲之歌曲歌詞。若使用者請求看歌詞,則可在具有供使用者仔細觀察之捲動條或其他工具的專用區域3302中展示歌詞,例如,如圖34所示。若使用者希望演唱歌曲,則可按下選擇歌曲按鈕3304。若點唱機上沒有足夠信用點,則可提示使用者插入額外付款,且付款可經由任何合適付款機構接受(例如,硬幣、信用卡、來自註冊帳戶之自動扣款等)。 For example, when the user selects a song from the list shown in FIG. The detailed song selection screen can be displayed. 33 is an example screen capture screen of a detailed phonograph song selection screen, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. As shown in FIG. 33, the song selection screen 3300 may specify the name of the song and the style to which the song being sung belongs (eg, the name of the performer who performed the original version of the song). The tone of the song and the duration of the song can also be displayed. The user can press a button to initiate a query for the artist to search for other songs, and the resulting list can be displayed in a new window, in an updated version of the master list shown in FIG. 30, or in some other manner. For example, for a number of reasons similar to those provided above, the user may also obtain song lyrics for the song. If the user requests to view the lyrics, the lyrics may be displayed in a dedicated area 3302 having scroll bars or other tools for the user to observe carefully, for example, as shown in FIG. If the user wishes to sing a song, the select song button 3304 can be pressed. If there are not enough credits on the jukebox, the user may be prompted to insert additional payments and the payment may be accepted via any suitable payment institution (eg, coins, credit cards, automatic debits from registered accounts, etc.).

圖35為根據特定例示性實施例的實例伴唱機使 用者識別畫面。此畫面3500可在按下來自圖34之選擇歌曲按鈕3304之後顯示。畫面3500之標題列3502確認所選歌曲之名稱及記錄歌曲樣式之演出者。標題列3502亦使使用者能夠看到用以錄製歌曲所用之原始音調,且使用箭頭來調整表演歌曲所用之音調(例如,以音樂半音遞增)。因此,熟悉「自然音調」之伴唱機表演者可使點唱機裝置實質上使背景音樂變調、支援聲音及/或其類似者,以使歌曲較容易表演。在特定例示性實施例中,背景樂器不可變調,而支援聲音可變調,或相反。在2012年9月18日申請之美國申請案第13/621,922號中陳述了用於找出歌曲之自然音調之實 例技術,該美國申請案之全部內容在此以引用方式併入本文中。在此以全文引用方式併入之美國公開案第2012/0158531號亦揭示可結合特定例示性實施使用之社交網路整合技術。 35 is an example karaoke machine in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. The user recognizes the picture. This screen 3500 can be displayed after pressing the select song button 3304 from FIG. The title column 3502 of the screen 3500 confirms the name of the selected song and the artist who recorded the song style. The title column 3502 also enables the user to see the original pitch used to record the song, and uses the arrows to adjust the pitch used to perform the song (eg, in semitone increments). Therefore, a phonograph performer familiar with "natural tones" can make the jukebox device substantially modulate the background music, support the sound, and/or the like to make the song easier to perform. In a particular exemplary embodiment, the background instrument is not tuned, but the voice is tuned, or vice versa. The use of the natural tones for songs is set out in U.S. Application Serial No. 13/621,922, filed on Sep. 18, 2012. The entire disclosure of this application is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Publication No. 2012/0158531, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in its entirety in its entirety in its entirety in the the the the the the the the

在畫面3500之標題列3502下,伴唱機表演者能夠 識別其自身。圖35實例使此識別能夠以若干方式中之一者進行。對於非註冊點唱機使用者,表演者可(例如)使用虛擬鍵盤3506或其類似者在區域3504中僅鍵入「藝名」。作為另一選項,註冊點唱機使用者可藉由按下登入按鈕3508而登入點唱機或點唱機系統。希望變為註冊點唱機使用者之非註冊點唱機使用者視情況可(例如)藉由直接在點唱機或合適行動裝置上完成完整或縮寫形式來註冊。若註冊點唱機使用者已登入點唱機,則可顯示使用者之化身3510。 Under the title column 3502 of the screen 3500, the phonograph performer can Identify itself. The example of Figure 35 enables this identification to be done in one of several ways. For non-registered jukebox users, the performer can type "art name" in area 3504, for example, using virtual keyboard 3506 or the like. As another option, the registered jukebox user can log into the jukebox or jukebox system by pressing the login button 3508. Non-registered jukebox users wishing to become registered jukebox users may register, for example, by completing a complete or abbreviated form directly on a jukebox or suitable mobile device. If the registered jukebox user has logged into the jukebox, the user's avatar 3510 can be displayed.

在特定例示性實施例中,點唱機使用者可經由 myTouchTunes社交網路來註冊。在特定例示性實施例中,使用者可藉由使點唱機與由不同於點唱機提供者之其他公司(諸如,Facebook、Twitter、Google+等)維持之其他社交網路網站通訊來登入點唱機。舉例而言,在選擇哪個社交網路應被用作為認證服務之後,點唱機裝置可經由網路及經由合適組配之介面而與外部社交網路通訊。在特定例示性實施例中,使用者可藉由將憑證提供至非社交網路服務(例如,提供至電子郵件或網站提供者(諸如Yahoo、MSN或其類似者))來辨識。在特定例示性實施例中,若化身影像未設定、若客人希望創建可以或可不關於未來表演(例如,下 一次表演、夜間表演、諸如週末之預界定時間段內之表演等)持久且呈現之臨時化身,則使用者可使用點唱機上所提供之攝影機來拍攝將用作為化身影像之照片。在(例如)2012年9月18日申請之美國申請案第13/621,922號中描述了實例社交網路相關介面技術,該美國申請案之全部內容在此以引用方式併入本文中。 In a particular exemplary embodiment, the jukebox user may The myTouchTunes social network to register. In certain exemplary embodiments, the user may log into the jukebox by having the jukebox communicate with other social networking websites maintained by other companies than the jukebox provider, such as Facebook, Twitter, Google+, and the like. For example, after selecting which social network should be used as the authentication service, the jukebox device can communicate with the external social network via the network and via a suitable interface. In certain exemplary embodiments, a user may be identified by providing credentials to a non-social network service (eg, to an email or website provider (such as Yahoo, MSN, or the like). In certain exemplary embodiments, if the avatar image is not set, if the guest wishes to create may or may not be about a future performance (eg, under For a performance, a night show, a performance such as a weekend during a predefined period of time, etc.), the user can use the camera provided on the jukebox to take a photo that will be used as an avatar image. An example social networking related interface technique is described in, for example, U.S. Application Serial No. 13/621,922, filed on Sep.

使用者可藉由按下表演按鈕3512而將點唱機請 求添加至伴唱機佇列。將瞭解,表演按鈕3512在某些方面可類似點唱機之實體硬體按鈕,藉此提供將使用者之硬體及軟體互動聯繫在一起之相似性點,例如,以創建較整體且唯一之使用者體驗。將瞭解,大體而言,大實體按鈕可用以完成預界定動作(諸如,觸發播放、選擇用於表演之歌曲、基於鍵入之準則起始搜尋等)。在任何情況下,在此點上,可自信用點計數器扣除合適數目個信用點。一旦歌曲被添加至伴唱機佇列,即可顯示圖36中之實例歌曲確認畫面。在特定例示性實施例中,此實例畫面將使用者在佇列中之位置指示(例如)為絕對數(諸如,第一、第二等)、預期或近似時間(具有諸如「準備好在約三分鐘後演唱」之文字等)及/或其類似者。在其他情況下,可根本不顯示使用者之位置,例如,若使用者之位置在將來很遠,以使得使用者可能被阻礙(例如,若使用者在佇列中之位置滿足或超過預定數字,若使用者之表演預期在未來比預定數目之分鐘更多地發生)、傾向於取消表演、至少暫時對伴唱機時間失去興趣等。 The user can place the jukebox by pressing the show button 3512. Add to the chorus. It will be appreciated that the show button 3512 can be similar in some respects to a physical hardware button of a jukebox, thereby providing similarities that link the user's hardware and software interactions, for example, to create a more holistic and unique use. Experience. It will be appreciated that, in general, large physical buttons can be used to perform predefined actions (such as triggering a play, selecting a song for a performance, starting a search based on typing criteria, etc.). In any case, at this point, you can confidently use the point counter to deduct the appropriate number of credits. Once the song is added to the chorus, the example song confirmation screen in Figure 36 can be displayed. In a particular exemplary embodiment, this example screen indicates, for example, the position of the user in the queue, for example, an absolute number (such as first, second, etc.), expected or approximate time (having such as "ready to be on After three minutes, sing "the text, etc." and / or the like. In other cases, the location of the user may not be displayed at all, for example, if the location of the user is far away in the future, such that the user may be obstructed (eg, if the user meets or exceeds a predetermined number in the location in the queue) If the user's performance is expected to occur more in the future than the predetermined number of minutes), tend to cancel the performance, at least temporarily lose interest in the phonograph time.

使用者亦可具有在此時添加更多歌曲或指示選 擇已進行之選項。在前一情況下,圖36實例畫面可關閉,且下伏歌集可顯示。在後一情況下,使用者可登出,且可使點唱機回到伴唱機飛行或吸引模式下。 Users can also add more songs or instructions at this time. Choose the option you have made. In the former case, the example screen of Figure 36 can be closed and the underlying album can be displayed. In the latter case, the user can log out and return the jukebox to the phonograph flight or attraction mode.

圖37為根據特定例示性實施例的可顯示之實例 伴唱機吸引模式畫面,且圖38為根據特定例示性實施例的可顯示之另一實例伴唱機吸引模式畫面。此等實例吸引模式畫面可顯示於點唱機裝置及/或連接至一地點中之一點唱機系統或為一地點中之一點唱機系統之部分的外部裝置上。舉例而言,如自圖37至圖38實例將瞭解,顯示器可為可遠離點唱機本身之外部監視器或其類似者。在特定例示性實施例中,此情況可為有利的,例如,因為點唱機可安置在角落中或遠離酒吧或其他地點中之大部分「動作」而安置,而中心定位之顯示器或多個容易看到之顯示器可將訊息呈現給潛在之較廣觀眾。 37 is an example of displayable in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. The phonograph attracts the mode screen, and FIG. 38 is another example phonograph attraction mode screen that can be displayed in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. Such example attraction mode screens may be displayed on the jukebox device and/or on an external device connected to one of the jukebox systems in one location or part of a jukebox system in a location. For example, as will be appreciated from the examples of Figures 37 through 38, the display can be an external monitor that can be remote from the jukebox itself or the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, this may be advantageous, for example, because the jukebox can be placed in a corner or away from most of the "actions" in a bar or other location, while a centrally located display or multiple is easy The display that is seen can present the message to a potentially wider audience.

在特定例示性實施例中,一或多個外部顯示器可由伴唱點唱機可選擇地控制。舉例而言,常規電視或其他節目可由顯示器提供,例如,直至點唱機進入伴唱機模式。此時,點唱機可控制顯示器之一些或全部以便展示伴唱機相關聯材料。實例伴唱機相關材料可包括(例如)上述及/或其他吸引迴路、歌詞、回饋、伴唱機相關遊戲之結果(例如,結合本文中所論述之實例伴唱機相關遊戲及/或其他遊戲)等。另外或在替代例中,外部顯示器可顯示關於表演者或表演者之藝名的誰為「下一個」、直至下一歌曲或接下來的 幾首歌曲將表演的實際或近似等待時間、接下來將演唱什麼及/或關於接下來的幾首歌曲、演唱歌曲將用之音調、歌曲預定持續多久等。將瞭解,一般而言,可在伴唱點唱機顯示器上顯示的一切亦可顯示於由伴唱點唱機控制之一或多個外部顯示器上。 In certain exemplary embodiments, one or more external displays may be selectively controllable by a chorus jukebox. For example, a conventional television or other program can be provided by the display, for example, until the jukebox enters the phonograph mode. At this point, the jukebox can control some or all of the display to display the accompaniment associated material. Example phonograph related materials may include, for example, the results of the above and/or other attraction loops, lyrics, feedback, phonograph related games (eg, in conjunction with the example phonograph related games and/or other games discussed herein). In addition or in the alternative, the external display may display who is the "next" to the performer or performer's stage name, until the next song or the next The actual or approximate waiting time of several songs will be performed, what will be sung next and/or about the next few songs, the pitch that will be used to sing the song, how long the song is scheduled to last, and so on. It will be appreciated that, in general, everything that can be displayed on the phono jukebox display can also be displayed on one or more external displays controlled by the chorus jukebox.

雖然圖37實例係稍微一般性的,但圖38實例包括 關於伴唱機歌曲佇列之至少某一資訊。舉例而言,將瞭解,圖38實例展示歌曲及最後表演之表演者連同表演之可選評等。關於可選評等,特定例示性實施例可鼓勵觀眾成員、朋友、KJ及/或其他人提供鼓勵、勸阻或其類似者。舉例而言,在特定例示性實施例中,註冊及/非註冊使用者可使用合適組配之行動裝置來調查一地點且給予好評及/或差評評等、「喜歡」及/或「不喜歡」指示、選擇預先設定清單及/或由發送者自訂之特定訊息或「道具」等。「結果」可在表演期間及/或之後顯示且(例如)結合其中不同表演者為了最高或最佳評等而彼此競爭之可能遊戲來製成表格。圖38實例亦指示接下來之歌曲、誰將進行表演、在下一表演開始之前還有多久、下一歌曲所用之音調及歌曲之長度。 舉例而言,可顯示伴唱機歌曲佇列中之一些或全部元素(若存在任何元素)。不管佇列是否為空,在特定例示性實施例中,可展示鼓勵使用者為表演註冊之訊息。在特定例示性實施例中,該訊息可針對下一歌曲為表演之佇列中剩餘之最後歌曲之情形特製。 Although the example of Figure 37 is somewhat general, the example of Figure 38 includes At least some information about the chorus songs. For example, it will be appreciated that the example of FIG. 38 shows the performer of the song and the final performance along with an optional rating of the performance. With regard to optional ratings, particular exemplary embodiments may encourage viewers, friends, KJs, and/or others to provide encouragement, dissuasion, or the like. For example, in certain exemplary embodiments, registered and/or non-registered users may use a suitable set of mobile devices to investigate a location and give praise and/or bad reviews, etc., "like" and/or "no" Like "instructions, selection of pre-set lists and / or specific messages or "props" customized by the sender. The "results" may be displayed during and/or after the performance and, for example, in conjunction with a possible game in which different performers compete for each other for the highest or best rating. The example of Figure 38 also indicates the next song, who will perform, how long before the next performance begins, the pitch of the next song, and the length of the song. For example, some or all of the elements of the chorus song list can be displayed (if any elements are present). Regardless of whether the queue is empty, in certain exemplary embodiments, a message encouraging the user to register for the show may be displayed. In certain exemplary embodiments, the message may be tailored to the situation in which the next song is the last song remaining in the queue of performances.

圖39為根據特定例示性實施例的展示用於表演 之歌詞之顯示之實例螢幕擷取畫面。可顯示歌詞之部分子集,且歌詞在將由表演者演唱時可加以反白顯示。在圖39實例中,展示四行,且首先去強調已唱行(例如,藉由灰化),同時在其他行將被演唱時以另一色彩反白顯示其他行。在特定例示性實施例中,歌曲之行可一次替換一行,例如,以為歌詞之未來行留出空間。在特定例示性實施例中,歌詞可結合(例如)三個不同色彩而加以色彩編碼或另外選擇性地強調及/或去強調。舉例而言,已唱過之行中之歌詞可以第一色彩來展示,正在演唱之歌詞可以第二色彩來反白顯示(例如,逐行地,以使得整個行在其被視為已唱過之前被反白顯示),且將演唱之歌詞行可以第三色彩來提供。另外或在替代例中,在特定例示性實施例中,加粗、放大及/或其類似者可用以強調正在演唱及/或將演唱之行,而模糊、窄化及/或其類似者可用以去強調已演唱之行。 39 is a display for a performance, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. An example of the display of the lyrics is captured on the screen. A subset of the lyrics can be displayed, and the lyrics can be highlighted in reverse when they are sung by the performer. In the example of Figure 39, four lines are shown, and the lines that have been sung are first emphasized (e.g., by ashing) while other lines are highlighted in another color while the other lines are to be sung. In certain exemplary embodiments, the line of songs may be replaced by one line at a time, for example, to make room for future lines of lyrics. In certain exemplary embodiments, the lyrics may be color coded or otherwise selectively emphasized and/or de-emphasized in conjunction with, for example, three different colors. For example, the lyrics in the sung line can be displayed in the first color, and the lyrics being sung can be displayed in reverse in the second color (for example, line by line, so that the entire line is considered to have been sung in it. It has been highlighted before), and the lyrics that will be sung can be provided in the third color. Additionally or alternatively, in certain exemplary embodiments, bold, magnified, and/or the like may be used to emphasize that a concert is being performed and/or will be performed, while blurring, narrowing, and/or the like are available. To emphasize the singer’s trip.

如圖39影像所建議,可提供遙控器以控制至少某 一伴唱點唱機功能性。KJ或其他授權人員可使用遙控器來跳過歌曲(例如,若某人未出現,若特定選擇不受歡迎等)、重新開始歌曲(若將演唱歌曲之某人或參與者未即時定位、陷入不良開始等)、提供免費播放或信用點、結束歌曲(例如,若表演者表演地特別差)等。遙控器亦可用以針對一或多個不同麥克風調整麥克風音量。舉例而言,圖39中展示了「麥克風B」之音量位準。在一些情況下,KJ或其他授權人員可使用遙控器來增加特別好或差之歌者的音量以為了所要觀眾效果等。在提供多個麥克風之情形下,該等麥 克風之音量可作為整體、按群組及/或個別地進行調整。在特定例示性實施例中,遙控器亦可用以亦控制「包間音量」。 As suggested by the image in Figure 39, a remote control can be provided to control at least some A chorus jukebox functionality. KJ or other authorized personnel can use the remote control to skip songs (for example, if someone does not appear, if the specific choice is not popular, etc.), restart the song (if someone or participant who sings the song is not immediately positioned, caught Bad start, etc.), providing free play or credit, ending songs (for example, if the performer performs particularly badly). The remote control can also be used to adjust the microphone volume for one or more different microphones. For example, the volume level of "microphone B" is shown in FIG. In some cases, a KJ or other authorized person may use a remote control to increase the volume of a particularly good or poor singer for the desired audience effect or the like. In the case of providing multiple microphones, such wheat The volume of the wind can be adjusted as a whole, by group and/or individually. In certain exemplary embodiments, the remote control can also be used to also control the "room volume".

在表演者不歌唱之情況下,歌曲中有時存在停頓 或樂器中斷。圖40及圖41根據特定例示性實施例表明表演者可如何發信號以辨識此等中斷。在圖40中,例如,指示符4000展示短暫停頓。短暫停頓可界定為表演者在一第一預定量之時間(例如,折算為秒數、節拍或小節之數目等)中不歌唱之時段。舉例而言,圖40實例中所展示之四分音符可自左至右(或在某一其他方向上)移動以展示停頓之狀態。舉例而言,當四分音符到達小節符號時,表演者可知道是時候再次歌唱。可展示較長停頓、樂器中斷及/或其類似者,例如,根據圖41顯示。用一或多個移動圖形元素選擇性地反白顯示之文字標籤可用以發信號延遲之長度。舉例而言,樂器中斷文字本身可根據停頓之持續時間來反白顯示,以使得(例如)當文字全部被反白顯示時,表演者將知道是時候再次歌唱。另外或在替代例中,可提供進度列或其類似者。雖然歌詞及/或其他資訊可為在點唱機本身上可顯示的,但點唱機可仍能夠接收輸入(例如,使使用者能夠添加錢至佇列、添加歌曲至播放清單等)。可藉由以下各者來促進此接收:提供具有歌詞之一或多個輔助顯示;當主螢幕用於其他用途時在LED陣列中顯示歌詞;以某一方式劃分或分割畫面以為歌詞保留一個劃分/分區且為點唱機操作保留另一劃分/分區等。 Sometimes there is a pause in the song when the performer does not sing Or the instrument is interrupted. 40 and 41 illustrate how a performer can signal to recognize such interruptions, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. In FIG. 40, for example, the indicator 4000 exhibits a short pause. A short pause can be defined as the period during which the performer does not sing for a first predetermined amount of time (eg, converted to seconds, beats, or number of bars, etc.). For example, the quarter note shown in the example of Figure 40 can be moved from left to right (or in some other direction) to show the state of the pause. For example, when the quarter note reaches the bar symbol, the performer knows that it is time to sing again. Long pauses, instrument breaks, and/or the like may be shown, for example, as shown in FIG. A text label that is selectively highlighted by one or more moving graphic elements can be used to signal the length of the delay. For example, the instrument interrupt text itself may be highlighted in accordance with the duration of the pause so that, for example, when the text is all highlighted, the performer will know that it is time to sing again. Additionally or in the alternative, a progress bar or the like can be provided. While the lyrics and/or other information can be displayed on the jukebox itself, the jukebox can still receive input (eg, enabling the user to add money to the queue, add songs to the playlist, etc.). This reception can be facilitated by providing one or more auxiliary displays with lyrics; displaying lyrics in the LED array when the main screen is used for other purposes; dividing or splitting the picture in a certain way to preserve a division for the lyrics / Partition and reserve another partition/partition for the jukebox operation.

圖42為根據特定例示性實施例的可顯示之伴唱 機相關之音樂權利資訊之螢幕擷取畫面。本文中所揭示之實例技術係有利的,因為該等技術允許針對伴唱機表演中所涉及之所有參與者追蹤權利。此追蹤有時相當困難,因為與伴唱機表演相關聯之權利有時可能需要為演出者或記錄標籤、作者及覆蓋原始歌曲以制定伴唱機音軌(且以原始演出者之樣式重新記錄歌曲,例如,以相同或相似音調、具有相同或相似節奏等)之表演者支付費用。許多伴唱機操作者不遵守報告及/或權利金要求,且播放之許多歌曲係未經許可的。另一方面,特定例示性實施例使播放能夠被追蹤且適當帳戶處理能夠結合已被產業信任且驗證之系統來進行,直至擔心「普通」點唱機操作。因此,亦可結合伴唱機表演來充分利用可結合「普通」點唱機操作使用之報告、稽核、帳戶處理及/或其他特徵。 42 is a displayable vocal in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. Screen capture of machine-related music rights information. The example techniques disclosed herein are advantageous because such techniques allow for tracking of rights for all participants involved in a phonograph performance. This tracking is sometimes quite difficult because the rights associated with the phonograph performance may sometimes require the artist or record label, the author, and the original song to cover the phonograph track (and re-record the song in the original artist's style, For example, performers paying for the same or similar tones, having the same or similar tempo, etc.). Many phonograph operators do not comply with reporting and/or royalty requirements, and many of the songs played are unlicensed. On the other hand, certain exemplary embodiments enable playback to be tracked and proper account processing can be performed in conjunction with systems that have been trusted and verified by the industry until fear of "normal" jukebox operations. Therefore, it is also possible to combine the phonograph performances to take advantage of reports, audits, account processing and/or other features that can be used in conjunction with the "normal" jukebox operation.

將瞭解,主伴唱機顯示器及/或外部顯示器可將 視覺線索提供至減輕伴唱機事件之KJ或其他人員。此等線索可明確或暗示地建議應將麥克風遞給下一個演出者之人員、指示下一表演者或表演者群組應準備好及/或「登台」等。在一些情況下,視覺線索甚至可替換對KJ或其他主持人之需要。 It will be appreciated that the main phono display and/or external display will Visual cues are provided to KJ or other personnel who mitigate the phonograph event. These clues may explicitly or implicitly suggest that the microphone should be handed to the next performer, the next performer or performer group should be prepared and/or "staged", and the like. In some cases, visual cues can even replace the need for KJ or other moderators.

再次參看圖29,若選擇了搜尋按鈕,則可顯示圖 43所示之實例畫面。在特定例示性實施例中,圖43實例伴唱機搜尋畫面可使使用者能夠執行對字詞、片語及/或其類似者之「多合一」搜尋,其考慮演出者、歌曲、歌詞及/或 其類似者。使用者可藉由規定諸如此等及/或其他群組中之一些或全部之搜尋準則、規定資料範圍、最近圖最上部內容或其類似者來縮窄搜尋準則。將瞭解,可使用一使用者介面來進行根據圖43可起始之搜尋,該搜尋基本上與針對普通點唱機操作的可使用圖28所示之搜尋選項來起始之搜尋相同。此可提供跨點唱機可藉以操作之不同模式之體驗之連貫性且亦使使用者學習僅使用一個系統較容易。將瞭解,傳回之結果在起始伴唱機搜尋時可為較有限的,因為至少目前已知伴唱機程式庫小於可以「普通」點唱機模式播放之「普通」歌曲(例如,因為存在許可權利之單獨集合及在一些情況下必須進行之相關賬戶處理)。 Referring again to Figure 29, if the search button is selected, the map can be displayed. The example screen shown in 43. In a particular exemplary embodiment, the example phonograph search screen of FIG. 43 enables a user to perform an "all-in-one" search for words, phrases, and/or the like, taking into account performers, songs, lyrics, and /or It is similar. The user may narrow down the search criteria by specifying search criteria such as some or all of these and/or other groups, the specified data range, the topmost content of the recent map, or the like. It will be appreciated that a user interface can be used to perform a search that can be initiated according to Figure 43, which is essentially the same as the search that can be initiated for the normal jukebox operation using the search option shown in Figure 28. This provides consistency in the experience of the different modes by which the jukebox can operate and also makes it easier for the user to learn to use only one system. It will be appreciated that the result of the return can be more limited in the initial phonograph search, since at least the currently known phonograph library is smaller than the "normal" song that can be played in the "normal" jukebox mode (eg, because of the license rights) Separate collections and related account processing that must be performed in some cases).

再次參看圖29,若選擇了歌集按鈕,則可顯示圖 44所示之實例畫面。圖44實例螢幕擷取畫面可包括預界定歌集(諸如,按「crooners」(如Frank Sinatra、Dean Martin等)收集伴唱機歌曲之歌集)之浮動切換類型顯示、迪斯科歌曲、流行伴唱機二重唱、容易唱之歌曲、與流行表演或主題相關聯之音樂、替代音樂、「boy band」記錄歌曲、泡泡糖(bubble gum)流行歌曲、鄉村經典等。每一歌集可包括歌曲的匹配特定主題之預先選擇或經安排選擇。在特定例示性實施例中,地點亦可創建其自身之歌集,且此等歌集可跨地點共用,例如,在該等歌集被指定為公眾歌集(例如,經由myTouchTunes,其方式類似於播放清單可共用之方式)之情況下。在特定例示性實施例中,每一歌集中之歌曲之數目可在自各種提供之歌集中做出選擇之前顯示以供使用 者參考。類似於上文之描述,圖44顯示使使用者能夠在不同伴唱機子模式之間進行選擇及/或起始搜尋。請注意,圖44中之浮動切換類型顯示有點類似於圖20b所示之顯示,且此外可提供點唱機使用者體驗之一致性之位準。 Referring again to Figure 29, if the song set button is selected, the map can be displayed. The example screen shown in 44. The example screen capture screen of FIG. 44 may include a predefined song collection (such as a floating switch type display for collecting songs of a phonograph song by "crooners" (such as Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, etc.), a disco song, a pop chorus of a pop vocal machine, and an easy Sing songs, music associated with popular shows or themes, alternative music, "boy band" recording songs, bubble gum pop songs, country classics, etc. Each album may include pre-selected or scheduled selections of songs that match a particular topic. In certain exemplary embodiments, the venue may also create its own collection of songs, and such collections may be shared across locations, for example, in the collection of songs that are designated as public song collections (eg, via myTouchTunes, in a manner similar to a playlist. In the case of sharing). In certain exemplary embodiments, the number of songs in each song episode may be displayed for use prior to making selections from various song collections. Reference. Similar to the above description, FIG. 44 shows that the user is enabled to select and/or initiate a search between different phonon modes. Note that the floating switch type display in Figure 44 is somewhat similar to the display shown in Figure 20b, and in addition provides a level of consistency for the jukebox user experience.

一旦選擇了特定歌集,即可顯示圖45實例螢幕擷 取畫面。將瞭解,此清單類似於圖30所示之清單,且當然可提供類似功能性。然而,一個差異為該清單根據所選歌集而受限制。因此,使用者知道哪個歌集已被選擇,可提供指示符4500(例如)以包括歌集之基於文字及/或圖形之指示。再次,類似於上文之描述,圖45顯示使使用者能夠在不同伴唱機子模式之間進行選擇及/或起始搜尋。 Once you have selected a specific album, you can display the example screen in Figure 45. Take the picture. It will be appreciated that this list is similar to the list shown in Figure 30, and of course provides similar functionality. However, one difference is that the list is limited based on the selected album. Thus, the user knows which collection of songs has been selected, and can provide an indicator 4500 (for example) to include text-based and/or graphical indications of the collection. Again, similar to the above description, Figure 45 shows that the user is enabled to select and/or initiate a search between different phonon modes.

二重唱或其他多聲部伴唱機歌曲可使其歌詞經 格式化以翻譯聲部之間的差異。舉例而言,圖46為根據特定例示性實施例的展示伴唱機二重唱之第一聲部與第二聲部之間的分隔之實例螢幕擷取畫面。如自圖46實例可瞭解,畫面被劃分成男女聲部,其適合於歌曲「Summer Nights」。在特定例示性實施例中,不同聲部可相互交錯,但以不同色彩來反白顯示以在視覺上提示正確歌者。歌詞可根據上文之該等技術來反白顯示及/或以其他方式強調並更新。此甚至在該等聲部將一起歌唱時仍可成立。在特定例示性實施例中,因為較多歌詞行可需要在畫面上顯示,所以可為每一聲部提供較少行。舉例而言,雖然在圖40實例中展示了四行歌詞,但在圖46實例中,為每一表演者展示僅三行。在圖46實例中,不同聲部係堆疊在另一聲 部之上,儘管將瞭解,在不同例示性實施例中,可提供其他配置。 Duet or other multi-voice phonograph songs can make their lyrics Format to translate the differences between the parts. For example, FIG. 46 is an example screen capture showing a separation between a first part and a second part of a chorus duet according to a particular illustrative embodiment. As can be seen from the example of Fig. 46, the picture is divided into male and female voices, which are suitable for the song "Summer Nights". In certain exemplary embodiments, different voices may be interlaced, but highlighted in different colors to visually prompt the correct singer. The lyrics may be highlighted and/or otherwise highlighted and updated in accordance with the techniques described above. This can still be established even when the voices will sing together. In certain exemplary embodiments, fewer lines may be provided for each voice because more lyric lines may need to be displayed on the screen. For example, although four lines of lyrics are shown in the example of Figure 40, in the example of Figure 46, only three lines are shown for each performer. In the example of Figure 46, different voice systems are stacked in another sound. Above, although it will be appreciated that other configurations may be provided in different illustrative embodiments.

將瞭解,歌曲子模式可以相當類似於演出者自模 式之方式操作。然而,替代按演出者來組織歌曲清單中之歌曲,將改為按歌曲標題來組織歌曲清單。另外,分頁、清除器列及/或其他巡覽態樣可以極相同方式被起動。 It will be understood that the song sub-pattern can be quite similar to the artist's model. The way it works. However, instead of organizing the songs in the song list by artist, the song list will be organized by song title instead. In addition, pagination, clearer columns, and/or other navigational aspects can be initiated in much the same way.

圖47為適合於關於特定例示性實施例使用的伴 唱機遊戲選擇畫面之實例螢幕擷取畫面。此等遊戲可提供體驗伴唱機及/或創建參加始終不同且相當獨特之事件之機會的新方式。同上,圖47顯示使使用者能夠在不同伴唱機子模式之間進行選擇及/或起始搜尋。圖47實例中展示了三個遊戲,雖然此等及/或其他遊戲可結合不同例示性實施例來提供。被稱為「Dareoke」之第一遊戲使使用者能夠為朋友挑選用於表演之歌曲。亦即,使用者可選擇一歌曲並為該歌曲付款,且接著挑戰一朋友或其他人來實際表演該歌曲。此可涉及自一清單選擇一歌曲、選擇一註冊或其他使用者來「挑戰」、為該歌曲付款及接著將一訊息發送至被挑戰使用者。可根據本文中所揭示之實例技術中之任一者來選擇歌曲。在特定例示性實施例中,可將預先選擇難演唱、容易演唱、令人為難、幽默及/或其他歌曲組織成清單以使歌曲選擇較容易。使用者可藉由以下操作來選擇要「挑戰」之人員:搜尋註冊點唱機使用者,選擇該人員經由社交媒體網站(諸如,Facebook或其類似者)而連接至的朋友,使使用者能夠打字輸入一人員之電話號碼或電子郵件地址 (且使SMS、電子郵件訊息或其類似者發送至該人員)等。「挑戰」可顯示於點唱機及/或顯示器上、發送至使用者之行動裝置(例如,經由SMS、MMS、電子郵件、社交網路訊息、tweet、網誌回帖(blog post)、留言更新等)、使KJ或其他授權人員得到通知及/或其類似者。被挑戰使用者可「加倍挑戰」發送者,例如,假設發起第一挑戰之人員係點唱機已知的(例如,藉由合適登入操作或經由提供其他識別資訊),且「被加倍挑戰」發送者因而可必須邊緣最初選擇之歌曲。可與上文陳述之方式相同及/或不同的方式將訊息傳遞至「被加倍挑戰」發送者。表演可結合上文所陳述之技術(例如,結合圖40)而發生。 Figure 47 is a companion suitable for use with respect to certain exemplary embodiments. An example of the player game selection screen is the screen capture screen. These games offer new ways to experience the phonograph and/or create opportunities to participate in events that are always different and quite unique. As above, Figure 47 shows that the user is enabled to select and/or initiate a search between different phonon modes. Three games are shown in the example of Figure 47, although such and/or other games may be provided in connection with various illustrative embodiments. The first game called "Dareoke" allows users to pick songs for performances for friends. That is, the user can select a song and pay for the song, and then challenge a friend or other person to actually perform the song. This may involve selecting a song from a list, selecting a registration or other user to "challenge", paying for the song, and then sending a message to the challenged user. The song may be selected in accordance with any of the example techniques disclosed herein. In certain exemplary embodiments, pre-selection of difficult to sing, easy to sing, embarrassing, humorous, and/or other songs may be organized into a list to make song selection easier. The user can select a person to "challenge" by searching for a registered jukebox user, selecting a friend to whom the person is connected via a social media website (such as Facebook or the like), enabling the user to type. Enter the phone number or email address of a person (and send SMS, email messages, or the like to the person) and so on. "Challenge" can be displayed on the jukebox and / or display, sent to the user's mobile device (for example, via SMS, MMS, email, social network messages, tweets, blog posts, message updates, etc.) ), to enable KJ or other authorized personnel to be notified and / or the like. The challenged user can "double challenge" the sender, for example, assuming that the person who initiated the first challenge is known to the jukebox (for example, by a suitable login operation or by providing other identifying information) and is "doubled challenge" to send It is therefore necessary to edge the song originally selected. The message can be delivered to the "Double Challenge" sender in the same and/or different manner as stated above. The performance may occur in conjunction with the techniques set forth above (e.g., in conjunction with Figure 40).

另一實例遊戲被稱為「Duet Roulette」且涉及夥伴及/或將演唱之歌曲之隨機選擇。在特定例示性實施例中,可維持二重唱之一清單且隨機地自該清單進行選擇。在特定例示性實施例中,可隨機地選擇已知點唱機使用者、已登入一地點的社交網路網站之會員及/或其他人。在特定例示性實施例中,使用者可必須將自身識別為願意參加二重唱,從而有資格參加此遊戲。可以上述及/或其他方式將訊息發送至表演二重唱之參與者。表演可結合上文所陳述之技術(例如,結合圖46)而發生。 Another example game is called "Duet Roulette" and involves random selection of partners and/or songs to be sung. In certain exemplary embodiments, a list of duets may be maintained and randomly selected from the list. In certain exemplary embodiments, known jukebox users, members of social networking websites that have logged into a location, and/or others may be randomly selected. In certain exemplary embodiments, the user may have to identify themselves as willing to participate in the duet and thereby qualify for the game. The message may be sent to the participant of the performance duet as described above and/or otherwise. The performance may occur in conjunction with the techniques set forth above (e.g., in conjunction with Figure 46).

又一實例遊戲被稱為「Kamikaze Karaoke」且涉及隨機歌曲選擇。圖48為根據特定例示性實施例的展示如何玩此遊戲之實例螢幕擷取畫面。在特定例示性實施例中,可隨機地自完全歌曲清單或自以上文所論述之方式(例 如,結合歌集及/或實例Dareoke遊戲)安排的歌曲之清單選擇第一歌曲。若使用者希望表演該歌曲,則可按下按鈕4802。替代地,若使用者希望隨機地選擇另一首歌曲,則可按下「再旋轉」按鈕4804。使用者可再旋轉直至預定次數(例如,三次),且因此在必須進行選擇之前隨機地選擇其他歌曲。若預定數目已滿,則使用者可「被迫」表演最後隨機選擇之歌曲。在特定例示性實施例中,可顯示「剩餘旋轉計數」。在特定例示性實施例中,再旋轉之動作可自在下一旋轉操作中可隨機選擇之可能歌曲之清單移除選擇(自該選擇進行再旋轉),且在特定例示性實施例中,此移除可或可不以視覺方式表示。在其他情況下,將不自清單移除選擇(自該選擇進行再旋轉)。一旦歌曲被選擇或一旦剩餘旋轉計數降至零,表演即可結合上文所陳述之技術(例如,結合圖40)而發生。 Another example game is called "Kamikaze Karaoke" and involves random song selection. 48 is an example screen capture showing how to play this game, in accordance with certain exemplary embodiments. In certain exemplary embodiments, it may be randomly derived from a complete list of songs or from the manner discussed above (example) For example, a list of songs arranged in conjunction with a song collection and/or an example Dareoke game selects the first song. If the user wishes to play the song, button 4082 can be pressed. Alternatively, if the user wishes to randomly select another song, the "re-rotate" button 4804 can be pressed. The user can rotate again for a predetermined number of times (eg, three times), and thus randomly select other songs before selection must be made. If the predetermined number is full, the user can be "forced" to perform the last randomly selected song. In a particular illustrative embodiment, "Remaining Rotation Count" may be displayed. In certain exemplary embodiments, the act of re-spinning may remove the selection (from which the selection is re-rotated) from a list of possible songs that may be randomly selected in the next rotation operation, and in certain exemplary embodiments, this shift Except may or may not be visually represented. In other cases, the selection will not be removed from the list (re-rotation from that selection). Once the song is selected or once the remaining spin count drops to zero, the performance can occur in conjunction with the techniques set forth above (eg, in conjunction with FIG. 40).

圖49為說明特定例示性實施例之遞增伴唱機歌曲佇列展現特徵的實例螢幕擷取畫面。圖49實例螢幕擷取畫面包括當前表演歌曲之指示4902,其包括表演者之名稱及正在表演之歌曲。當前表演歌曲之指示4902亦可具有與之相關聯的進度列以便表明特定表演還有多久。在圖49實例中,進度列係作為整體矩形之指示符4902本身中的逐漸增加之陰影或選擇再著色而包括。 Figure 49 is a diagram showing an example screen capture of a progressive chorus song string presentation feature of a particular illustrative embodiment. The example screen capture screen of FIG. 49 includes an indication 4902 of the current performance song, which includes the name of the performer and the song being performed. The current performance song indicator 4902 may also have a progress bar associated with it to indicate how long a particular performance is. In the example of Figure 49, the progress bar is included as an increasing shadow or selection re-coloring in the indicator 4902 of the overall rectangle itself.

返回按鈕4904使使用者能夠查看歌曲之清單及/或最近已表演之表演者。若分數或評等與一表演相關聯,則該資訊亦可為可見的(例如,自主顯示器本身,或一旦對 應於表演(需要關於該表演之額外資訊)之指示符經選擇)。 A return button 4904 enables the user to view a list of songs and/or performers who have recently performed. If the score or rating is associated with a performance, the information may also be visible (eg, the autonomous display itself, or once The indicator should be selected for the performance (requires additional information about the performance).

亦可展示一或多個下一歌曲指示符4906a至 4906b。每一後續歌曲指示符4906可指示歌者、歌曲及/或歌曲之近似等待時間。在特定例示性實施例中,可提供精確時間,而其他例示性實施例可提供估計值(例如,上或下捨入至最接近分鐘、始終上捨入至最接近分鐘等)。估計值可以分鐘位準或以某一其他增量位準(諸如,以15秒、30秒或其他間隔)來提供。在特定例示性實施例中,估計值可以30秒位準(針對預期在5分鐘後表演之歌曲)、以分鐘位準(針對預期在5至15分鐘後表演之歌曲)、以3分鐘位準(針對將在15至30分鐘後表演之歌曲)及/或其類似者來提供。此等估計值可考慮引入及/或引出音訊及/或視訊片段。在特定例示性實施例中,可提供少量前言(intro)及後語(outro)視聽資訊,例如,結合自訂音樂節目(custom music programming,CMP)頻道。CMP頻道可將高能播放清單特徵化為在表演之前及/或之後播放歌曲或剪輯。此可幫助位置伴唱點唱機地點中之活力或其他所要氛圍、提供表演者之間的較自然轉換(即使在不存在KJ或其他主持人之情形下)等。在特定例示性實施例中,(例如)針對不同主題,可提供多個CMP頻道。該等主題可由地點規定,且例如,鄉村酒吧可具有第一頻道,騎行者酒吧可具有第二頻道等。在特定例示性實施例中,CMP頻道可為一般的。在特定例示性實施例中,可基於剛表演及/或即將表演之歌曲來選擇CMP剪輯,例如,使得具有適當「感覺」之剪輯使觀眾準備好轉換。在特定例示性 實施例中,前言及/或後語剪輯可持續約45秒或某一其他較長或較短持續時間,在不同例示性實施例中,持續時間可跨不同剪輯一致或可變。 One or more next song indicators 4906a may also be displayed to 4906b. Each subsequent song indicator 4906 can indicate an approximate wait time for the singer, song, and/or song. In certain exemplary embodiments, precise time may be provided, while other exemplary embodiments may provide estimates (eg, rounded up or down to the nearest minute, always rounded to the nearest minute, etc.). The estimate may be provided in minutes or in some other incremental level (such as at 15 seconds, 30 seconds, or other intervals). In certain exemplary embodiments, the estimate may be 30 seconds (for songs expected to be performed after 5 minutes), in minutes (for songs expected to be performed after 5 to 15 minutes), in 3 minutes. (for songs that will be performed after 15 to 30 minutes) and/or the like. These estimates may be considered to introduce and/or extract audio and/or video segments. In certain exemplary embodiments, a small amount of intro and outro audiovisual information may be provided, for example, in conjunction with a custom music programming (CMP) channel. The CMP channel can characterize the high energy playlist to play a song or clip before and/or after the performance. This can help to animate the vibrancy or other desired atmosphere in the location of the jukebox, providing a more natural transition between performers (even in the absence of KJ or other moderators). In certain exemplary embodiments, multiple CMP channels may be provided, for example, for different topics. The topics may be specified by location, and for example, a country bar may have a first channel, a cyclist bar may have a second channel, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the CMP channel can be general. In certain exemplary embodiments, CMP clips may be selected based on songs that have just been performed and/or are about to be performed, for example, such that a clip with the appropriate "feel" is ready for the viewer to switch. Specific exemplification In an embodiment, the preamble and/or the lingo clip may last for about 45 seconds or some other longer or shorter duration, and in different exemplary embodiments, the duration may be consistent or variable across different clips.

將顯示於畫面上的下一歌曲指示符4906之數目 可為固定的,或由操作者、KJ或其他授權人員設定。在特定例示性實施例中,完整或部分地查看佇列之能力可為針對特定使用者(例如,註冊點唱機使用者、經由社交網路類型帳戶登入之點唱機使用者等)保留之添加特徵。另外或在替代例中,在特定例示性實施例中,可在支付額外錢之後提供完整或部分地查看佇列之能力。在一些情況下,查看佇列之更多內容可耗費較多錢。 The number of next song indicator 4906 to be displayed on the screen Can be fixed or set by the operator, KJ or other authorized personnel. In certain exemplary embodiments, the ability to view the queue in whole or in part may be an added feature reserved for a particular user (eg, a registered jukebox user, a jukebox user logged in via a social network type account, etc.) . Additionally or in the alternative, in certain exemplary embodiments, the ability to view the queues in whole or in part may be provided after payment of additional money. In some cases, viewing more of the queue can cost more.

圖50為根據特定例示性實施例的展示授權人員 可如何編輯伴唱點唱機佇列之實例螢幕擷取畫面。在特定例示性實施例中,佇列可與概述資訊一起顯示。此概述資訊可包括(例如)在當前表演者之後的表演者之數目、佔用的時間、何時佇列預期用完輸入項目等。在特定例示性實施例中,佇列清單可包括表演者之名稱、將表演之歌曲、對應於佇列中之置放之數字輸入項目、與表演者(若存在)相關聯之化身及/或其類似者。在特定例示性實施例中,授權使用者可拖放項目及/或使用另一機制將輸入項目記錄在佇列中、指示歌曲是否應完全自佇列中移除等。圖50實例螢幕擷取畫面可經由點唱機本身存取、自已用適當憑證登入點唱機系統之合適組配之裝置遠端地存取等。在特定例示性實施例中,可鎖定佇列,例如,以使得佇列不能被編輯 及/或增加。在一些情況下,此可幫助確保所有歌曲在特定時間段中全部播放,且因此,若該等表演者已為歌曲付款,但不能表演歌曲(例如,若該等表演者因為地點關閉、因為專業伴唱機時間已結束等而必須離開該地點),則可能之表演者不會落空。 Figure 50 is a diagram showing an authorized person in accordance with a particular illustrative embodiment How to edit the example screen capture screen of the chorus jukebox. In certain exemplary embodiments, the queues can be displayed along with the summary information. This summary information may include, for example, the number of performers after the current performer, the time taken, when the queue is expected to run out of input items, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the queue list may include the name of the performer, the song to be performed, the digital input item corresponding to the placement in the queue, the avatar associated with the performer (if present), and/or It is similar. In certain exemplary embodiments, an authorized user may drag and drop items and/or use another mechanism to record input items in a queue, indicate whether the song should be completely removed from the queue, and the like. The example screen capture screen of Figure 50 can be accessed via the jukebox itself, remotely accessed by a suitable set of devices that have been logged into the jukebox system with appropriate credentials, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the queue can be locked, for example, such that the queue cannot be edited And / or increase. In some cases, this can help ensure that all songs are played all of a certain time period, and therefore, if the performers have paid for the song, but can't play the song (eg, if the performer is closed because of the location, because of the If the phonograph time is over and you have to leave the location, then the performer may not fail.

圖51為根據特定例示性實施例的說明伴唱點唱 機系統之實例組件的方塊圖。圖51展示合適組配之點唱機5100(在特定例示性實施例中,該點唱機可為具有複數個輸入及輸出埠的電腦或類電腦系統,例如,具有至少一處理器、一記憶體及非暫時性電腦可讀儲存媒體)。舉例而言,點唱機5100之主I/O板可包括用於視訊、燈光表演、音訊之輸入及輸出、地板照明及/或外部源等。在圖51實例中,點唱機5100連接至無線麥克風接收器5102及無線路由器5104。無線路由器5104可提供至網際網路以及至視訊介面模組(Video Interface Module,VIM)5106之連接。VIM 5106又包括至一地點中之一或多個顯示器5108之視訊(例如,HDMI、組件等)及/或CAT5連接且因此提供點唱機5100與該一或多個顯示器5108之間的連接。在特定例示性實施例中,VIM 5106可為與點唱機5100分開之硬體組件,而在其他例示性實施例中,VIM 5106可整合至點唱機外殼中及/或為點唱機5100之主I/O板之部分。在特定例示性實施例中,VIM 5106可充當某種轉送器(relay),但如上文所指示,VIM 5106可回應於來自點唱機5100之合適控制信號而在該一或多個顯示器5108上「切割成」普通節目。請注意,在 特定例示性實施例中,來自VIM 5106之輸出可分裂(例如,使用分裂器等)以將相同顯示及/或控制信號提供至多個不同顯示器。如上文所指示,可提供攝影機(例如,720p攝影機或其類似者)、觸控螢幕(例如,基於26或其他大小之顯示器)、LED陣列、LED照明燈等。將瞭解,舉例而言,顯示器及/或照明元件可彼此獨立地被起動。舉例而言,照明燈元件可經設定以隨機地顯示等、經程式化以匹配在顯示器上出現之內容等。 Figure 51 is a diagram illustrating vocal singing according to a particular illustrative embodiment A block diagram of an example component of a machine system. Figure 51 shows a suitably assembled jukebox 5100 (in a particular exemplary embodiment, the jukebox can be a computer or computer-like system having a plurality of input and output ports, for example, having at least one processor, a memory and Non-transitory computer readable storage media). For example, the main I/O board of the jukebox 5100 can include video, light performance, audio input and output, floor lighting, and/or external sources. In the example of FIG. 51, the jukebox 5100 is connected to the wireless microphone receiver 5102 and the wireless router 5104. The wireless router 5104 can provide a connection to the Internet and to a Video Interface Module (VIM) 5106. The VIM 5106 in turn includes video (e.g., HDMI, components, etc.) and/or CAT5 connections to one or more of the displays 5108 in a location and thus provides a connection between the jukebox 5100 and the one or more displays 5108. In a particular exemplary embodiment, the VIM 5106 can be a separate hardware component from the jukebox 5100, while in other exemplary embodiments, the VIM 5106 can be integrated into the jukebox housing and/or the main I of the jukebox 5100. Part of the /O board. In certain exemplary embodiments, the VIM 5106 can act as a sort of relay, but as indicated above, the VIM 5106 can be on the one or more displays 5108 in response to appropriate control signals from the jukebox 5100. Cut into "normal programs." Please note that in In certain exemplary embodiments, the output from VIM 5106 may be split (eg, using a splitter, etc.) to provide the same display and/or control signals to a plurality of different displays. As indicated above, a camera (eg, a 720p camera or the like), a touch screen (eg, based on a 26 or other sized display), an LED array, an LED illuminator, etc., can be provided. It will be appreciated that, for example, the display and/or lighting elements can be activated independently of each other. For example, the illuminator elements can be set to display randomly, etc., programmatically to match content that appears on the display, and the like.

由於組件較少,伴唱機設置可相當容易。 With fewer components, the phonograph setup can be quite easy.

將瞭解,點唱機在以伴唱機模式操作時可至少部 分地經由行動裝置來控制。在此情況下,2012/0158531中所描述之該類移動應用可擴展,例如,以使使用者能夠搜尋且選擇將表演之伴唱機歌曲、為伴唱機表演付款等。所提供之搜尋及/或瀏覽特徵可為本文中所揭示之搜尋及/或瀏覽特徵之簡化版本。舉例而言,使用者可按演出者、歌曲、預界定收集等來組織伴唱機歌集,及/或可跨全部演出者、歌曲、歌集、歌詞及/或其類似者起始搜尋。若一使用者登記至一特定地點或選擇一特定地點,則該使用者可使用行動應用程式來搜尋可經由相關點唱機得到之音樂,例如,藉由進行基於自伴唱點唱機裝置本身存取之伴唱機歌曲清單之搜尋。在類似情況下,使用者亦可查看其具有多少信用點、檢視歌詞、判定歌曲所用之音調等,且通常獲得與上文所陳述之資訊相同的資訊。行動裝置亦可與一特定表演同步,使得歌詞出現在行動裝置本身上,藉此產生 點唱機至少部分地控制行動裝置之感覺。此可為有利的,因為行動裝置本質上可充當用於歌詞呈現、吸引模式等之又一輔助顯示裝置。 It will be appreciated that the jukebox can be at least partially operated in the phono mode. The ground is controlled by the mobile device. In this case, the mobile application of the type described in 2012/0158531 can be extended, for example, to enable the user to search for and select a karaoke song to be performed, pay for a phonograph performance, and the like. The search and/or browsing features provided may be a simplified version of the search and/or browsing features disclosed herein. For example, the user may organize the vocal set by artist, song, pre-defined collection, etc., and/or may initiate a search across all performers, songs, albums, lyrics, and/or the like. If a user registers to a particular location or selects a particular location, the user can use the mobile application to search for music available via the relevant jukebox, for example, by accessing the self-song jukebox device itself. Search for the list of phonograph songs. In a similar situation, the user can also view how many credits they have, view the lyrics, determine the pitch used for the song, etc., and generally obtain the same information as the information stated above. The mobile device can also be synchronized with a particular performance such that the lyrics appear on the mobile device itself, thereby generating The jukebox at least partially controls the feel of the mobile device. This may be advantageous because the mobile device may essentially serve as an additional auxiliary display device for lyric presentation, attraction mode, and the like.

除搜尋歌曲外,使用者亦可具有搜尋具伴唱機功 能之點唱機之能力。舉例而言,此可包括搜尋經排程伴唱機夜、使「點播」伴唱機特徵被啟用之地點等。為了促進該搜尋,操作者、地點擁有者及/或其他人員可存取一網站或使用提供至點唱機之功能來規定點唱機之伴唱排程及/或指示伴唱機是否可點播得到。網站可藉由人員藉以登入之憑證、鑒於相關聯於用以存取網站之點唱機之唯一識別符、經由授權人員特定提供之位置資訊等而知道哪些地點被涉及。在特定例示性實施例中,伴唱機排程資訊可在本機維持(例如,在點唱機、本機電腦或其類似者上)且在「認可」或其他操作後分散至中央伺服器。一旦將排程資訊提供給中央伺服器或其他可存取資料儲存器,應用程式即可搜尋中央伺服器或其他可存取資料儲存器,例如,結合可由使用者規定及/或(經由GPS、無線電三角量測及/或其他技術)自使用者之裝置搜集的地理限制、時間/日期限制、主題限制及/或其類似者。 In addition to searching for songs, users can also search for vocal skills. The ability to make a jukebox. For example, this may include searching for a scheduled phonograph night, a location where the "on-demand" phonograph feature is enabled, and the like. To facilitate the search, the operator, location owner, and/or other personnel may access a website or use the functionality provided to the jukebox to specify the chorus schedule for the jukebox and/or indicate whether the phonograph is available on demand. The website may know which places are involved by virtue of the credentials of the person borrowing the login, the unique identifier associated with the jukebox used to access the website, the location information specifically provided by the authorized person, and the like. In certain exemplary embodiments, the phonograph schedule information may be maintained locally (e.g., on a jukebox, local computer, or the like) and distributed to the central server after "approval" or other operations. Once the schedule information is provided to a central server or other accessible data store, the application can search for a central server or other accessible data store, for example, in conjunction with user-defined and/or (via GPS, Radio triangulation and/or other techniques) geographic restrictions, time/date restrictions, subject restrictions, and/or the like collected from the user's device.

行動應用程式使用者可登記至地點,此操作可使 使用者之裝置同步至點唱機。此可使使用行動應用程式來記錄伴唱機表演之部分或全部變得可能,例如,如2012年9月18日申請之美國申請案第13/621,922號中所揭示。 Mobile app users can register to a location, this action can The user's device is synchronized to the jukebox. This may be made possible by the use of a mobile application to record some or all of the performance of the phonograph, for example, as disclosed in U.S. Application Serial No. 13/621,922, filed on Sep.

將瞭解,上文所呈現之流程圖及使用情況係以舉 例而非限制方式提供。結合本發明之不同例示性實施例,其他流程圖及使用情況係可能的。 It will be understood that the flow chart and usage presented above are Provided by way of example and not limitation. Other flowcharts and usage scenarios are possible in conjunction with various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.

相關聯於歌曲的中繼資料及/或標記可由商業服 務、由點唱機系統、使用者及/或此等及/或其他提供者之某一組合提供。一些此資料可自動地判定(例如,經由傅立葉分析及/或其他變換)。對於,中繼資料及/或標記可表示包括(例如)以下各者之資訊:演出者名稱,專輯名稱,歌曲名稱,內容類型/樣式(在一些例子中,其可為階層式的),Billboard位置(當可應用時),發行年份,基於網路播放資訊之風行度,歌詞,節奏,每分鐘節拍(BPM),氣氛,樂器特性(例如,刺耳電吉他、蜂鳴鼓、撥弦吉他等),聲音特性(例如,侵略性突出和聲、尖叫等),強度特性(例如,高能、中等、放鬆(laid back)等),音質(例如,明亮、黑暗、豐富等),及/或其類似者。此及/或其他資訊之可能供應者包括(例如)AMG、BMAT、DoubleV3、EchoNest MixZing、Gracenote、Mufin MusicIP、Music Box、Music Genome Project及Syntonetic。 Relay information and/or tags associated with songs may be business services Services, provided by a jukebox system, users, and/or some combination of such and/or other providers. Some of this information can be automatically determined (eg, via Fourier analysis and/or other transformations). For example, the relay material and/or the tag may represent information including, for example, the artist name, album name, song name, content type/style (in some examples, it may be hierarchical), Billboard Location (when applicable), release year, popularity based on webcast information, lyrics, rhythm, beats per minute (BPM), atmosphere, instrumental characteristics (eg, harsh electric guitar, buzzer drum, plucked guitar, etc.) ), sound characteristics (eg, aggressive highlights, screams, etc.), intensity characteristics (eg, high energy, medium, laid back, etc.), sound quality (eg, bright, dark, rich, etc.), and/or It is similar. Possible suppliers of this and/or other information include, for example, AMG, BMAT, DoubleV3, EchoNest MixZing, Gracenote, Mufin MusicIP, Music Box, Music Genome Project, and Syntonetic.

特定例示性實施例係關於包含能夠與網路通訊 之一電腦之一娛樂中心,其中該電腦經由標準類比、數位或網路可定址顯示器而進一步連接至至少一顯示器,該電腦可操作以與連接至與該電腦通訊之該等網路中之一者之一遠端裝置互動,該遠端裝置可操作以接受一程式碼且將該程式碼傳輸至該電腦,且其中該電腦可相對於一資料庫或相對於一演算法驗證該程式碼之有效性,且在肯定驗證 後,該電腦經組配以將一貨幣值或一信用值分配給該遠端裝置。該遠端裝置可操作以瀏覽該電腦上所含之內容,且該遠端裝置可進一步操作以選擇該內容且使用該貨幣或該信用值為該內容付款,該電腦可操作以在該遠端裝置進行選擇後減小該貨幣或該信用值。替代地或另外,該程式碼可發送至該遠端裝置且在該電腦上鍵入。 Specific exemplary embodiments relate to being able to communicate with a network An entertainment center of one of the computers, wherein the computer is further coupled to at least one display via a standard analog, digital or network addressable display, the computer being operative to be coupled to one of the networks in communication with the computer One of the remote devices interacts, the remote device is operable to accept a code and transmit the code to the computer, and wherein the computer can verify the code relative to a database or relative to an algorithm Validity and positive verification Thereafter, the computer is configured to assign a currency value or a credit value to the remote device. The remote device is operable to view content contained on the computer, and the remote device is further operable to select the content and to use the currency or the credit value to pay for the content, the computer operable to be at the remote end The device reduces the currency or the credit value after making a selection. Alternatively or additionally, the code can be sent to the remote device and typed on the computer.

特定例示性實施例係關於與至少一基於網際網 路之傳訊系統及/或一社交網路網站耦接且與至少一遠端裝置耦接之一家外娛樂中心,該遠端裝置係藉由一有線或無線區域網路或經由網際網路連接至該家外娛樂中心,其中由該遠端裝置提供的娛樂中心服務中之一些的使用使該娛樂中心將訊息發送至該至少一基於網際網路之傳訊系統。經由網際網路來連接該系統可能需要使用者將一程式碼輸入至唯一地識別該娛樂中心之該遠端裝置。 Specific exemplary embodiments relate to at least one internet based network The road communication system and/or a social network website is coupled to and coupled to at least one remote device, an outdoor entertainment center connected to the network through a wired or wireless local area network or via the Internet. The off-campus entertainment center, wherein the use of some of the entertainment center services provided by the remote device causes the entertainment center to send a message to the at least one internet-based messaging system. Connecting the system via the internet may require the user to enter a code into the remote device that uniquely identifies the entertainment center.

本文中所參考之手持型裝置中之一些可為(例如) 申請案第11/902,790號中所描述之手持型裝置,該申請案之全部內容係以引用方式併入本文中。 Some of the handheld devices referenced herein may be, for example, A hand-held device as described in the application Serial No. 11/902,790, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference.

本發明已使用不應被解釋為將本發明限於特定 實施例、硬體組件及組配、軟體組配等之特定術語。舉例而言,許多特徵及實例已關於其在酒吧、酒館或其他環境內之存在而加以描述。然而,將瞭解,存在於本發明之例示性實施例中之特徵可調適以供一點唱機(或多個點唱機)可定位所在之任何地點使用。類似地,雖然特定特徵及功能係參考「使用者」、「擁有者」、「操作者」、「顧客」等之 使用來描述,但將瞭解,此等術語係一般性的,且在大部分情況下可視所選擇之實施例及所使用之特徵而可互換地使用。舉例而言,雖然將初始歌曲選擇限於擁有者及/或操作者可能有利,但在特定例示性實施例中,顧客在初始歌曲選擇中可起一定作用。將瞭解,術語「顯示器」包括(例如)直接或遠端地連接至電腦之監視器,或諸如IP TV技術之嵌式IC。顯示器可為可網路定址的。又,標準數位正負號(基於LED)亦可被視為顯示器及/或可提供以作為網路可定址顯示器。 The use of the invention should not be construed as limiting the invention to a particular Specific terms for embodiments, hardware components and assemblies, software combinations, and the like. For example, many features and examples have been described in terms of their presence in bars, pubs, or other environments. However, it will be appreciated that features present in an exemplary embodiment of the invention are adaptable for use in any location where a single player (or multiple jukeboxes) can be located. Similarly, although specific features and functions refer to "users", "owners", "operators", "customers", etc. The description is used, but it will be understood that these terms are generic and, in most cases, are used interchangeably depending on the selected embodiment and the features employed. For example, while it may be advantageous to limit the initial song selection to the owner and/or operator, in certain exemplary embodiments, the customer may play a role in the initial song selection. It will be appreciated that the term "display" includes, for example, a monitor that is directly or remotely connected to a computer, or an embedded IC such as IP TV technology. The display can be network addressable. Also, the standard digit sign (LED based) can also be considered a display and/or can be provided as a network addressable display.

雖然特定例示性實施例已結合家外地點加以描 述,但將瞭解,本文中所描述之技術可經調適以供家中或個人點唱機使用。 Although specific exemplary embodiments have been described in connection with off-site locations As noted, it will be appreciated that the techniques described herein can be adapted for use in a home or personal jukebox.

更進一步,揭示僅表示可用以建構實施例之一個 方式之特定硬體組合及組配。在一些例示性實施例中,中央伺服器可由一起或單獨動作以相干地提供啟用工作點唱機所需之服務之全部範圍的一或多個伺服器。舉例而言,伺服器之一叢集可包含虛擬中央伺服器,其中一個伺服器提供媒體,另一伺服器追蹤成員,又一伺服器處理授權等。 Further, the disclosure merely indicates that one of the embodiments can be used to construct Specific hardware combinations and combinations of methods. In some exemplary embodiments, the central server may act together or separately to coherently provide one or more servers that enable the full range of services required by the work order phono. For example, a cluster of servers may include a virtual central server, with one server providing media, another server tracking members, yet another server processing authorizations, and the like.

類似地,本文中所描述之本機伺服器可併入至點 唱機中。舉例而言,本機伺服器可看上去像獨立地被起動,即使該等本機伺服器作為點唱機內之整合大容量儲存裝置之部分(例如,分區)而存在。實際上,隨著硬碟變得較大且較不昂貴,該等硬碟可較佳提供本機伺服器之功能。 Similarly, the native server described in this article can be incorporated into the point In the record player. For example, the local servers may appear to be activated independently, even if the native servers exist as part of an integrated mass storage device (eg, a partition) within the jukebox. In fact, as hard disks become larger and less expensive, such hard disks may preferably provide the functionality of a native server.

又,雖然術語「歌曲」有時已在以上描述中使用, 此術語不欲限於本發明之範疇,且任何媒體實例或多個媒體實例(例如,歌曲、視訊、歌曲/視訊組合、資料、資訊等)可在本文中之任何實施例中使用且仍在本發明之意欲範疇內。 Also, although the term "song" is sometimes used in the above description, This term is not intended to be limited to the scope of the present invention, and any media instance or multiple media instances (eg, songs, video, song/video combinations, materials, information, etc.) may be used in any embodiment herein and still be Within the scope of the intended invention.

最後,將瞭解,本文中所呈現之螢幕擷取畫面及軟體配置僅為用於組織及顯示本文中所揭示之特徵的一個例示性方法。其他組配係可能的且因此在本文中考慮。 Finally, it will be appreciated that the screen captures and software configurations presented herein are merely illustrative methods for organizing and displaying the features disclosed herein. Other combinations are possible and are therefore considered herein.

雖然本發明之較佳態樣已在本文中加以說明及描述,但一般熟習此項技術者將顯而易見,可作出各種變化及/或修改。因此,本文中之特定描述意味僅例示性的,且不欲超過隨附申請專利範圍之條款來限制本發明。 Although the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described and illustrated herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art Therefore, the specific description herein is intended to be illustrative only, and is not intended to limit the invention.

10'‧‧‧改良式點唱機系統 10'‧‧‧Modified jukebox system

12‧‧‧中央伺服器 12‧‧‧Central Server

14‧‧‧通訊網路 14‧‧‧Communication network

16、16a、16b、16c、16d、16e、16f‧‧‧遠端點唱機裝置 16, 16a, 16b, 16c, 16d, 16e, 16f‧‧‧ remote jukebox device

18‧‧‧螢幕/顯示器 18‧‧‧Screen/Monitor

20‧‧‧音訊系統/音訊配置 20‧‧‧Audio System/Audio Configuration

22、22a、22b、22c、22d、22e、22f‧‧‧本機伺服器 22, 22a, 22b, 22c, 22d, 22e, 22f‧‧‧ local server

Claims (20)

一種點唱機裝置,其包含:處理資源,其包括至少一處理器及一記憶體;一觸控螢幕顯示裝置;一付款接受器;以及一儲存裝置,其包含可用於經由該點唱機裝置播放之媒體實例;其中該等處理資源、該觸控螢幕顯示裝置及該付款接受器彼此合作以使該點唱機裝置以至少第一及第二不同模式被起動,其中該第一模式為經組配以使該等媒體實例之一第一部分子集能夠按播放付費進行播放之一普通點唱機操作模式,且其中該第二模式為經組配以使該等媒體實例之一第二部分子集能夠按播放付費進行播放之一伴唱點唱機操作模式,該第一部分子集與該第二部分子集彼此不同,且其中,作為該第二模式之一部分,該觸控螢幕顯示裝置呈現各自以類似具有多個頁面之一書的一方式列出該等媒體實例之該第二部分子集中的該等媒體實例之至少一部分的畫面之一第一集合,每一該頁面至多包括對應於媒體實例之該第二部分子集之該部分的預界定最大數目個輸入項目,且每一 該輸入項目指示與可選擇以經由該點唱機裝置播放之該對應媒體實例相關聯之一歌曲名稱及一演出者,且其中畫面之該第一集合各自包括用於重新組織及巡覽該書之控制元件之一共同集合。 A jukebox device comprising: processing resources including at least one processor and a memory; a touch screen display device; a payment acceptor; and a storage device including for playing via the jukebox device a media instance; wherein the processing resources, the touch screen display device, and the payment acceptor cooperate with each other to cause the jukebox device to be activated in at least a first and second different modes, wherein the first mode is assembled Enabling a first partial subset of one of the media instances to play a normal jukebox mode of operation by pay-per-view, and wherein the second mode is configured to enable a second subset of the one of the media instances to be pressed Playing a pay-to-play one of the chorus jukebox operation modes, the first partial subset and the second partial subset are different from each other, and wherein, as part of the second mode, the touch screen display device presents each similarly One of the pages of one of the pages lists one of the screens of at least a portion of the media instances in the second subset of the media instances A set, each of which comprises up to page corresponding to the pre-set portion of the molecule of the second portion of the media instance defining a maximum number of input items, and each The input item indicates a song name and an artist associated with the corresponding media instance selectable to be played via the jukebox device, and wherein the first set of frames each includes for reorganizing and viewing the book One of the control elements is collectively assembled. 如請求項1之點唱機裝置,其中:控制元件之該共同集合包括在允許一使用者巡覽該書時選擇性地啟用之上一頁面按鈕及下一頁面按鈕,且該等按鈕之致動使一動畫相對於該書顯示,以模擬一連貫且機械之頁面翻動操作且對應地顯示一新頁面之輸入項目。 The jukebox device of claim 1, wherein: the common set of control elements comprises selectively enabling a previous page button and a next page button while allowing a user to navigate the book, and actuating the buttons An animation is displayed relative to the book to simulate a coherent and mechanical page flip operation and correspondingly display an input item for a new page. 如請求項2之點唱機裝置,其中:該觸控螢幕顯示裝置經組配以在該書之一角處或其附近接收使用者輸入;且該等處理資訊經組配以根據接收之使用者輸入且相對於該書來創建以跨該書大體上追蹤接收之使用者輸入之一方式模擬一頁面翻動的一自訂動畫,且對應地顯示一新頁面之輸入項目。 The jukebox device of claim 2, wherein: the touchscreen display device is configured to receive user input at or near a corner of the book; and the processing information is assembled to be based on the received user input And creating a custom animation that simulates a page flip in a manner that substantially tracks the received user input across the book relative to the book, and correspondingly displays an input item for a new page. 如請求項3之點唱機裝置,其中模擬連貫且機械之頁面翻動操作之動畫及以大體上追蹤接收之使用者輸入之方式模擬頁面翻動之自訂動畫兩者暫時展示該等翻動頁面之每一側上的輸入項目之部分。 The jukebox device of claim 3, wherein the animation simulating the coherent and mechanical page flip operation and the custom animation simulating the page flipping in a manner substantially tracking the received user input temporarily display each of the flip pages Part of the input item on the side. 如請求項1之點唱機裝置,其中:畫面之該第一集合包括針對一按演出者組織之書 之一第一畫面及針對一按歌曲組織之書之一第二畫面,且控制元件之該共同集合包括用於在該第一畫面與該第二畫面之間切換的元件。 A jukebox device as claimed in claim 1, wherein: the first set of pictures comprises a book organized for a performer A first picture and a second picture of a book organized for a song, and the common set of control elements includes elements for switching between the first picture and the second picture. 如請求項5之點唱機裝置,其中與該第一畫面及該第二畫面相關聯之該等書各自包括媒體實例之該第二部分子集中之全部媒體實例的輸入項目。 The jukebox device of claim 5, wherein the books associated with the first picture and the second picture each comprise an input item of all media instances in the second subset of media instances. 如請求項6之點唱機裝置,其中畫面之該第一集合包括用於顯示一歌集之一第三畫面,該歌集包括媒體實例之該第二部分子集中之該等媒體實例中之僅某些實例的輸入項目。 The jukebox device of claim 6, wherein the first set of pictures comprises a third picture for displaying a set of songs, the set of songs comprising only some of the media instances of the second subset of media instances The input item for the instance. 如請求項6之點唱機裝置,其進一步包含一歌集選擇畫面,該歌集選擇畫面包括複數個歌集之表示,每一該歌集包括媒體實例之該第二部分子集中之該等媒體實例中之僅某些實例的輸入項目。 The jukebox device of claim 6, further comprising a album selection screen comprising a representation of a plurality of albums, each of the albums comprising only one of the media instances in the subset of the second portion of the media instance Input items for some instances. 如請求項8之點唱機裝置,其中每一該歌集包括媒體實例之該第二部分子集中之媒體實例之一預先選擇清單的輸入項目,每一預先選擇清單與適合於該各別歌集之一主題相關聯。 The jukebox device of claim 8, wherein each of the albums comprises one of the media instances in the second subset of media instances pre-selecting the input items of the list, each pre-selected list and one of the respective selected song sets The topic is associated. 如請求項8之點唱機裝置,其中該歌集選擇畫面包括來自共同控制元件之該集合之該等控制元件中之至少一些。 A jukebox device as claimed in claim 8, wherein the album selection screen comprises at least some of the control elements from the set of common control elements. 如請求項10之點唱機裝置,其中來自共同控制元件之該集合的包括於該歌集選擇畫面中之該等控制元件包括 用於在該第一畫面與該第二畫面之間切換的該等元件,且控制元件之該共同集合包括用於切換至該歌集選擇畫面之一元件。 A jukebox device as claimed in claim 10, wherein the control elements included in the album selection screen from the set of common control elements comprise The elements for switching between the first picture and the second picture, and the common set of control elements includes means for switching to one of the album selection screens. 如請求項11之點唱機裝置,其中畫面之該第一集合包括用於顯示選自該歌集選擇畫面之一歌集之一第三畫面。 The jukebox device of claim 11, wherein the first set of pictures comprises a third picture for displaying one of the song sets selected from the set of music selection screens. 如請求項1之點唱機裝置,其中:控制元件之該共同集合包括可選擇文數字字元之一大體上線性之配置,且經由該觸控螢幕顯示裝置選擇該等文數字字元中之一者使該歌集中之頁面前進,使得以該所選文數字字元開頭之一第一輸入項目相對於該書出現。 The jukebox device of claim 1, wherein: the common set of control elements comprises a substantially linear configuration of one of the selectable alphanumeric characters, and one of the alphanumeric characters is selected via the touchscreen display device The page of the song set is advanced such that one of the first input items beginning with the selected alphanumeric character appears relative to the book. 如請求項1之點唱機裝置,其中,作為該第二模式之一部分,該觸控螢幕顯示裝置經組配以顯示一表演者識別符畫面,該表演者識別符畫面接受已選擇一媒體實例用於一伴唱機類型表演之一使用者之一識別名稱。 The jukebox device of claim 1, wherein, as part of the second mode, the touch screen display device is assembled to display a performer identifier screen, the performer identifier screen accepting that a media instance has been selected One of the users of a phonograph type performance recognizes the name. 如請求項14之點唱機裝置,其中已選擇該媒體實例用於該伴唱機類型表演之該使用者之該識別名稱係可結合該觸控螢幕顯示裝置上之一虛擬鍵盤而規定。 The jukebox device of claim 14, wherein the identification name of the user who has selected the media instance for the phonograph type performance is specified in conjunction with a virtual keyboard on the touchscreen display device. 如請求項14之點唱機裝置,其中若一使用者登入該點唱機裝置,則已選擇該媒體實例用於該伴唱機類型表演之該使用者之該識別名稱被自動地判定。 The jukebox device of claim 14, wherein if a user logs into the jukebox device, the identification name of the user who has selected the media instance for the phonograph type performance is automatically determined. 如請求項14之點唱機裝置,其中若一使用者提供一經辨識社交網路網站之有效憑證,則已選擇該媒體實例用於 該伴唱機類型表演之該使用者之該識別名稱被自動地判定。 The jukebox device of claim 14, wherein if a user provides a valid credential for identifying the social networking website, the media instance has been selected for The identification name of the user of the phonograph type performance is automatically determined. 如請求項14之點唱機裝置,其中若一使用者登入該點唱機裝置及/或提供一經辨識社交網路網站之有效憑證,則已選擇該媒體實例用於該伴唱機類型表演之該使用者之該識別名稱被自動地判定。 The jukebox device of claim 14, wherein if a user logs into the jukebox device and/or provides a valid credential for the identified social networking website, the media instance has been selected for the user of the phonograph type performance The identification name is automatically determined. 如請求項1之點唱機裝置,其中連同已提供對應影像且已向該點唱機裝置成功識別自身之使用者進行之伴唱機表演,化身可顯示於該點唱機裝置上及/或連接至該點唱機裝置之一外部顯示器上。 A jukebox device of claim 1, wherein the avatar is displayed on the jukebox device and/or connected to the phonograph performance performed by a user who has provided the corresponding image and has successfully identified itself to the jukebox device One of the player devices is on the external display. 如請求項19之點唱機裝置,其中化身影像係可自一社交網路網站擷取及/或係可使用連接至該點唱機裝置之一攝影機捕捉。 The jukebox device of claim 19, wherein the avatar image is captured from a social networking website and/or captured using a camera connected to the jukebox device.
TW103109636A 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods TWI640913B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/833,173 US9292166B2 (en) 2009-03-18 2013-03-15 Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods
US13/833,173 2013-03-15

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201447728A true TW201447728A (en) 2014-12-16
TWI640913B TWI640913B (en) 2018-11-11

Family

ID=51581626

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103109636A TWI640913B (en) 2013-03-15 2014-03-14 Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2973300A4 (en)
TW (1) TWI640913B (en)
WO (1) WO2014150958A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI714156B (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-12-21 大陸商騰訊科技(深圳)有限公司 Control method and device for playing multimedia, terminal and computer storage medium

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102017215396B3 (en) 2017-09-04 2019-01-31 TIS-Service-GmbH Photo station
JP6851555B1 (en) * 2019-04-11 2021-03-31 株式会社マーベラス Image display device and its operation control method

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6337698B1 (en) * 1998-11-20 2002-01-08 Microsoft Corporation Pen-based interface for a notepad computer
US20040025185A1 (en) * 2002-04-29 2004-02-05 John Goci Digital video jukebox network enterprise system
US8332895B2 (en) * 2002-09-16 2012-12-11 Touchtunes Music Corporation Digital downloading jukebox system with user-tailored music management, communications, and other tools
US20040243482A1 (en) * 2003-05-28 2004-12-02 Steven Laut Method and apparatus for multi-way jukebox system
US8325571B2 (en) * 2005-09-29 2012-12-04 Paul Cappello Video jukebox apparatus and a method of playing music and music videos using a video jukebox appartus
US8736557B2 (en) * 2006-09-11 2014-05-27 Apple Inc. Electronic device with image based browsers
US9171419B2 (en) * 2007-01-17 2015-10-27 Touchtunes Music Corporation Coin operated entertainment system
US7973230B2 (en) * 2007-12-31 2011-07-05 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for providing real-time feedback for karaoke
US10402833B2 (en) * 2008-03-05 2019-09-03 Ebay Inc. Method and apparatus for social network qualification systems
CA2754990C (en) * 2009-03-18 2015-07-14 Touchtunes Music Corporation Entertainment server and associated social networking services
CN105355221A (en) * 2010-01-26 2016-02-24 踏途音乐公司 Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods
WO2011094855A1 (en) * 2010-02-05 2011-08-11 Smart Technologies Ulc Interactive input system displaying an e-book graphic object and method of manipulating a e-book graphic object
US9911221B2 (en) * 2010-10-27 2018-03-06 Google Llc Animated page turning

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI714156B (en) * 2018-07-17 2020-12-21 大陸商騰訊科技(深圳)有限公司 Control method and device for playing multimedia, terminal and computer storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2973300A4 (en) 2016-12-07
TWI640913B (en) 2018-11-11
WO2014150958A2 (en) 2014-09-25
EP2973300A2 (en) 2016-01-20
WO2014150958A3 (en) 2015-11-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11775146B2 (en) Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods
US11576239B2 (en) Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods
TWI640913B (en) Digital jukebox device with improved karaoke-related user interfaces, and associated methods
US20230156885A1 (en) Digital jukebox device with improved user interfaces, and associated methods

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees